Merge pull request 'Replace "non-figurative way" with "plainly."' (#3007) from non-figurative_way into master

Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3007

en_tn_15-EZR.tsv

@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ EZR	6	7	xw40		בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֥⁠א דֵ֖ךְ יִבְנ֥וֹן עַ
 EZR	6	8	ci97	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִנִּ⁠י֮ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵם֒ לְ⁠מָ֣א דִֽי־תַֽעַבְד֗וּן עִם־שָׂבֵ֤י יְהוּדָיֵ⁠א֙ אִלֵּ֔ךְ לְ⁠מִבְנֵ֖א בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֣⁠א דֵ֑ךְ	1	General Information:	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “This is what I am commanding you to do to help the elders of the Jews rebuild that temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	8	njb9	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א דִּ֚י מִדַּת֙ עֲבַ֣ר נַהֲרָ֔⁠ה אָסְפַּ֗רְנָא נִפְקְתָ֛⁠א תֶּהֱוֵ֧א מִֽתְיַהֲבָ֛א לְ⁠גֻבְרַיָּ֥⁠א אִלֵּ֖ךְ	1	Let this cost be paid diligently at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I want you officials to carefully pay the full costs of the rebuilding from the royal treasury from the tribute that you receive in Beyond-the-River province” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	8	te7b	figs-123person	וּ⁠מִ⁠נִּכְסֵ֣י מַלְכָּ֗⁠א	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	Darius speaks of himself here in the third person. If that is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “And from my royal revenue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZR	6	8	xfsc	figs-litotes	דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	Here, **it** means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+EZR	6	8	xfsc	figs-litotes	דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	Here, **it** means the work of rebuilding the temple. Darius is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word, **not**, together with a word, **stop**, that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to make sure that the rebuilding is completed successfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 EZR	6	8	yolo		דִּי־לָ֥א לְ⁠בַטָּלָֽא	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	However, since the book uses the term **stop** when describing the opposition to the temple rebuilding in [4:21](../04/21.md), [4:23](../04/23.md), [4:24](../04/24.md), and [5:5](../05/05.md), you could also choose to use that term to show the connection. Alternate translation: “because I do not want anything to stop the Jews from rebuilding that temple”
 EZR	6	9	ouqv	figs-activepassive	וּ⁠מָ֣ה חַשְׁחָ֡ן וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין וְ⁠דִכְרִ֣ין וְ⁠אִמְּרִ֣ין ׀ לַ⁠עֲלָוָ֣ן ׀ לֶ⁠אֱלָ֪הּ שְׁמַיָּ֟⁠א חִנְטִ֞ין מְלַ֣ח ׀ חֲמַ֣ר וּ⁠מְשַׁ֗ח כְּ⁠מֵאמַ֨ר כָּהֲנַיָּ֤⁠א דִי־בִ⁠ירֽוּשְׁלֶם֙ לֶהֱוֵ֨א מִתְיְהֵ֥ב לְ⁠הֹ֛ם י֥וֹם ׀ בְּ⁠י֖וֹם דִּי־לָ֥א שָׁלֽוּ	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	This sentence, like the one in [5:14](../05/14.md), may be hard for readers to follow because the thing that receives the action comes first, and it consists of a very long phrase. This sentence continues into the next verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could break it up into four sentences, three in this verse and the last one in verse [10](../06/10.md). You could also use active forms instead of the two passive forms and say who would do the action in each case. Alternate translation: “The priests who are in Jerusalem will tell you what they need. This may include young bulls, rams, and lambs for burnt offerings to the God of heaven, and wheat, salt, wine, and oil. I want you to give them everything that they need every single day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 EZR	6	9	kf3e	figs-idiom	וּ⁠בְנֵ֣י תוֹרִ֣ין	1	at the expense of the king’s taxes beyond the River	This expression refers to young bulls. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ EZR	6	14	l5ag	translate-names	חַגַּ֣י	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	**Ha
 EZR	6	14	tetn	translate-names	וּ⁠זְכַרְיָ֖ה בַּר־עִדּ֑וֹא	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	**Zechariah** is the name of a man, and **Iddo** is the name of his father. See how you translated their names in [5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 EZR	6	14	s1jd	figs-hendiadys	וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	As in [5:11](../05/11.md), the words **built** and **completed** connected with **and** express a single idea. In this section of the book, when the two words are used together, “completed” is another way of saying “built.” (Review the note about this at [4:12](../04/12.md) if that would be helpful.) If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with a single word. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 EZR	6	14	d77p	figs-explicit	וּ⁠בְנ֣וֹ וְ⁠שַׁכְלִ֗לוּ	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	The implication is that what the Jewish leaders **built and completed**, that is, constructed, was the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were able to construct the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EZR	6	14	mgzk	figs-metaphor	מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Here the book speaks of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, much like the decrees that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe these messages in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	6	14	mgzk	figs-metaphor	מִן־טַ֨עַם֙ אֱלָ֣הּ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Here the book speaks of the messages that God had sent through the prophets Haggai and Zechariah as a **decree** or command that God had issued to the Jewish leaders to rebuild the temple, much like the decrees that the Persian kings had issued. If it would be helpful in your language, you could describe these messages plainly. Alternate translation: “just as the God of Israel had commanded them to do through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	6	14	j4jr	figs-explicit	וּ⁠מִ⁠טְּעֵם֙ כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Here, the book assumes some knowledge on the part of readers, because by this point in time, only King Cyrus ([1:2–4](../01/02.md)) and King Darius ([6:6–12](../06/06.md)) had issued decrees for the Jerusalem temple to be rebuilt. Artaxerxes was the grandson of Darius, and he would not become king for another 50 years. Moreover, while the book anticipated the reign of Artaxerxes in [4:7–23](../04/07.md), there it recounted how he ordered the temple rebuilding to stop. But the book is assuming that readers will know that Artaxerxes eventually did reverse himself and issue a decree for the maintenance of the Jerusalem temple. The book describes this in [7:12–26](../07/12.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and just as King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia had decreed they should do. King Artaxerxes of Persia also later decreed that they should finish the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 EZR	6	14	e83b	figs-distinguish	כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא מֶ֥לֶךְ פָּרָֽס	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who these men were. The phrase **the king of Persia** applies to each of them. Alternate translation: “King Cyrus and King Darius of Persia and King Artaxerxes of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 EZR	6	14	fwlf	translate-names	כּ֣וֹרֶשׁ וְ⁠דָרְיָ֔וֶשׁ וְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֖שְׂתְּא	1	Tattenai … Shethar-Bozenai	These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [1:1](../01/01.md), [4:5](../04/05.md), and [4:7](../04/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ EZR	7	27	qub7	figs-123person	בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה	1	Connecting Stat
 EZR	7	27	nuli		בָּר֥וּךְ יְהוָ֖ה	1	Connecting Statement:	If it is not natural or not possible in your language to speak of a human blessing God, then you can express the idea here in a different way. Alternate translation: “I praise Yahweh” or “I thank Yahweh”
 EZR	7	27	nlii	figs-metaphor	אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבוֹתֵ֑י⁠נוּ	1	Connecting Statement:	**Fathers** here means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “the God of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	7	27	t4cz	figs-metaphor	נָתַ֤ן כָּ⁠זֹאת֙ בְּ⁠לֵ֣ב הַ⁠מֶּ֔לֶךְ לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם	1	placed such a thing into the heart of the king to beautify the house of Yahweh which is in Jerusalem	Giving something in the king’s heart, that is, putting something in it, means leading him to have certain thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: “led the king to want to glorify the temple of Yahweh in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EZR	7	27	w14w	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה	1	the house of Yahweh	This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way that Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather, always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a glorious place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	7	27	w14w	figs-metaphor	לְ⁠פָאֵ֕ר אֶת־בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה	1	the house of Yahweh	This expression means to make something bright, glorious, or beautiful. Artaxerxes was not doing this literally, the way that Cyrus and Darius did by supporting the physical rebuilding of the temple. Rather, Artaxerxes was making sure that the temple would always have everything it needed to keep operating. In that way he was making sure that the temple would not languish and be disrespected, but rather, always be a vibrant place that was held in honor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to honor the temple of Yahweh” or “to make sure that the temple of Yahweh would always be a glorious place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	7	28	y4zu	figs-abstractnouns	וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים	1	who has extended covenant faithfulness to me	Here, the abstract noun **faithfulness** refers to a person wanting to do everything that they can to help another person. As in [3:11](../03/11.md), **covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to Yahweh doing that for the people of Israel in order to keep the promises that he had made to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as **help**. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EZR	7	28	s38x	figs-metonymy	וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י הַ⁠מֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וְ⁠יֽוֹעֲצָ֔י⁠ו וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־שָׂרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ הַ⁠גִּבֹּרִ֑ים	1	who has extended covenant faithfulness to me	Here, **face** represents the presence of a person. The expression means that, as Ezra stood before the king and his counselors and officials, Yahweh helped him get everything he needed from them. Alternate translation: “and helped me get everything I needed from the king, as I was in his presence and in the presence of his counselors and mighty officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 EZR	7	28	jzhp	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד	1	who has extended covenant faithfulness to me	Ezra uses a spatial metaphor to depict help stretching out to him from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ EZR	9	8	q4h6	figs-idiom	כִּ⁠מְעַט־רֶגַע֩	1	grace has been shown
 EZR	9	8	jqq9	figs-abstractnouns	הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	The abstract noun **favor** refers to one person helping another person even if that person does not deserve it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase such as “be merciful.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” or “Yahweh our God has been gracious to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 EZR	9	8	ym5g	figs-personification	הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra speaks here of **favor** or mercy as if it could travel from Yahweh to the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yahweh our God has been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 EZR	9	8	rdwg	figs-123person	הָיְתָ֨ה תְחִנָּ֜ה מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֗י⁠נוּ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra is speaking to Yahweh in prayer, and accordingly, he addresses him in the second person in [9:6](../09/06.md) and in [9:10–15](../09/10.md). But here he speaks of God in the third person to show humility and respect, as people of this time did when speaking to superiors. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “you, Yahweh our God, have been merciful to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-EZR	9	8	vhtl	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לָ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ יָתֵ֖ד	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra speaks of the Jews’ current situation of safety and security in their homeland as if it were a **peg** or “stake,” such as one would pound securely into the ground in order to fasten the cords of a tent to it, or such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor that conveys this sense of stability and security, or express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and to bring us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EZR	9	8	vhtl	figs-metaphor	וְ⁠לָ⁠תֶת־לָ֥⁠נוּ יָתֵ֖ד	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra speaks of the Jews’ current situation of safety and security in their homeland as if it were a **peg** or “stake,” such as one would pound securely into the ground in order to fasten the cords of a tent to it, or such as one would fasten to a wall in order to hang utensils on it safely and securely. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with a different metaphor that conveys this sense of stability and security, or express this plainly. Alternate translation: “and to bring us into a safe situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 EZR	9	8	b420	figs-idiom	בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Here the word **holy** means “set apart for a special purpose.” The temple was God’s **holy place** because it was set apart for his worship. Alternate translation: “in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 EZR	9	8	jjw0	figs-123person	בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Here again Ezra speaks of God in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate his words in the second person. Alternate translation: “in your temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 EZR	9	8	q90t		בִּ⁠מְק֣וֹם קָדְשׁ֑⁠וֹ	1	grace has been shown from Yahweh our God	Ezra speaks of the **peg** as if it were in God’s temple, likely because God was considered to be present there. Alternate translation: “in your presence”

en_tn_42-MRK.tsv

@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ MRK	13	24	vmna	figs-idiom	ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις	1		S
 MRK	13	24	n2rr	grammar-connect-time-sequential	μετὰ	1		The word **after** indicates that the events Jesus will describe in [13:24–27](../013/24.md) will come after the events just described in [13:14–23](../013/14.md). The word **after** does not express how long it will be before the events of [13:24–27](../013/24.md) take place so you should choose a word or phrase in your language that communicates the sequential meaning of the word **after** but does not limit the time frame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 MRK	13	24	mfy8	figs-abstractnouns	θλῖψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **tribulation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form such as “suffer” as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 MRK	13	24	zy2f	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται	1	the sun will be darkened	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MRK	13	24	a3qv	figs-personification	ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς	1	the moon will not give its light	Here, the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+MRK	13	24	a3qv	figs-personification	ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς	1	the moon will not give its light	Here, the **moon** is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the moon will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 MRK	13	25	hge7	figs-parallelism	αἱ δυνάμεις	1	the powers that are in the heavens	Here, **the powers** could refer to: (1) the sun, moon, stars, and planets in which case the two phrases **the stars will be falling from the sky** and **the powers that are in the sky will be shaken** are an example of parallelism. Alternate translation: “the sun, moon, stars, and planets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) (2) spiritual beings. Alternate translation: “the spiritual beings”
 MRK	13	25	au6l	figs-activepassive	αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται	1	the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that it is “God” who will do it. Alternate translation: “God will cause the powers that are in the heavens to be shaken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 MRK	13	26	kl95	writing-pronouns	τότε ὄψονται	1	then they will see	The pronoun **they** refers to the people of the nations. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “then the people of the nations will see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ JHN	5	35	i0l5	figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, **hour** refers to a sh
 JHN	5	36	ll75		γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
 JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
 JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here Jesus is speaking of **works** as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	5	36	yz3u	figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	the very works that I do, testify about me	Here Jesus is speaking of **works** as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	37	p157	figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The Father who sent me has himself testified	The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	5	37	qjg1	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent, me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “from people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ JHN	7	37	iy9e	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	If anyone is thirsty	Here
 JHN	7	37	ayn6	figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	let him come to me and drink	Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	u9cx	figs-infostructure	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	He who believes in me, just as the scripture says	If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	7	38	wtl7	figs-quotesinquotes	καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “rivers of living water will flow from the stomach of the one believing in me, just as the scripture says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	7	38	q926	figs-personification	εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1		Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	38	uw2q	figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	rivers of living water will flow	Here Jesus uses **rivers** to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “An abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	7	38	yt75	figs-extrainfo	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	living water	Jesus uses **living water** here to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is used to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@ JHN	7	40	ifli	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1		John uses the ter
 JHN	7	40	shq8	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1	This is indeed the prophet	See how you translated **the Prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
 JHN	7	41	alq3	figs-rquestion	μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται?	1	Does the Christ come from Galilee?	These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός?	1	Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was?	The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah, because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	**Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	**Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	43	h7d3	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	43	lf5r	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	7	44	yv80	writing-pronouns	τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd with whom Jesus had just spoken, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ JHN	7	50	u5ha	writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρό
 JHN	7	50	yw8i		εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
 JHN	7	50	hj1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	7	51	ia3j	figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ?	1	Does our law judge a man … what he does?	Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this type of question by translating his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ	1	Does our law judge a man	Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know what he does, is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ	1	Does our law judge a man	Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know what he does, is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	51	c2h5	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	52	pt91	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ?	1	Are you also from Galilee?	The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	52	k6pg	figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Search and see	Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Look carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ JHN	8	30	ld9x	grammar-connect-time-simultaneous	ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλ
 JHN	8	31	tgat	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	8	31	f79h	figs-you	ὑμεῖς	1		In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	31	g752	figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	remain in my word	The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Jesus speaks of **truth** as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	8	32	esz8	figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	the truth will set you free	Jesus speaks of **truth** as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	8	32	xf9m	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the truth	Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
 JHN	8	33	n34n	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	how can you say, ‘You will be set free’?	The Jews are using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	33	s6jz	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1		If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ JHN	10	24	nk9t	figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	hold us
 JHN	10	25	cb95	figs-explicit	τὰ ἔργα	1		Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated **works** in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	25	e7zh	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in the name of my Father	Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	10	25	bqz1	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	Jesus speaks of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	10	25	n34x	figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	these testify concerning me	Jesus speaks of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	10	26	als6	figs-metaphor	οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	not my sheep	Jesus uses **sheep** to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	rdw7	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ	1	My sheep hear my voice	See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	27	xakd	figs-metaphor	τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1		Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1441,7 +1441,7 @@ JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You
 JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
 JHN	10	35	ieot	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς	1	the word of God came	**If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	10	35	gtb4	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Here, Jesus used the term **word** to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of **the word of God** as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	10	35	m8ji	figs-personification	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	the word of God came	Jesus speaks of **the word of God** as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	10	35	g0kv	figs-activepassive	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	35	u9j2	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	the scripture cannot be broken	This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	36	dvp5	figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι?	1	do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’?	Here Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1490,13 +1490,13 @@ JHN	11	9	ln4r	figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέ
 JHN	11	10	vm6h	figs-exmetaphor	ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	if he walks at night	In this verse Jesus expands the metaphor from the previous verse about a person walking outside. In this metaphor Jesus uses **the light** to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). This whole metaphor could mean: (1) if his disciples tried to do God’s work after the limited time God had given him to be with them (the **night** which comes after “the daytime”), they would fail (**stumble**) because Jesus would not be with them. This interpretation has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “If you try to do this work after I have left, you will fail because I, the light, am not with you.” (2) someone who does not act according to God’s will (**walks at night**) is an unbeliever who fails completely (**stumble**) because that person does not know Jesus. Alternate translation: “If someone does not act according to God’s will, he will fail because he does not know me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	11	11	fan2	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep	Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	12	hn2j	figs-euphemism	εἰ κεκοίμηται	1	if he has fallen asleep	See how you translated **fallen asleep** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	13	h3kl	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	13	tt6v	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνοι	1		Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	11	13	leg3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	13	pf8u	figs-possession	τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου	1		John is using **of** to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	Then Jesus said to them plainly	Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
+JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	Then Jesus said to them plainly	Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
 JHN	11	15	c4wj		δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	for your sakes	Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
 JHN	11	15	ar2j	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα πιστεύσητε	1		Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “for I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “for I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	11	16	ymy6	translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	Didymus	**Didymus** is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ JHN	12	34	t386	figs-explicit	τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς το
 JHN	12	35	l2w4	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus uses **light** to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	k6td	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	12	35	ughp	figs-metaphor	περιπατεῖτε	1		Jesus uses **Walk** to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has shown them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Jesus uses **darkness** as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	12	35	e715	figs-personification	ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ	1		Jesus uses **darkness** as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	35	veok	figs-metaphor	σκοτία	1		Here Jesus uses **darkness** to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	35	h0q9	figs-metaphor	ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1		Jesus uses this phrase to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	36	j1rs	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς	1	While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light	Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1759,7 +1759,7 @@ JHN	12	47	xvq6	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κ
 JHN	12	47	u4o4	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	-1		See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	48	wtwv		τὰ ῥήματά μου	1	on the last day	See how you translated **my words** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	48	uxjk		τὸν κρίνοντα…κρινεῖ	1	on the last day	See how you translated this **judge** in the previous verse.
-JHN	12	48	c76d	figs-personification	τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν	1	on the last day	Jesus refers to his **word** as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN	12	48	c76d	figs-personification	τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν	1	on the last day	Jesus refers to his **word** as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	12	48	b1ds	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the last day	See how you translated this phrase in [6:39](../06/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	49	ovmm	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what Jesus spoke. See how you translated this phrase in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “by my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1805,8 +1805,8 @@ JHN	13	15	pk3l	figs-declarative	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν,
 JHN	13	16	h6gt	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	13	16	tpl8	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	16	rj4z	figs-doublet	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	16	k3zj	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ	1	greater	Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν	1	greater	Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ JHN	13	31	n421	figs-activepassive	ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτ
 JHN	13	32	i7yz	translate-textvariants		0		In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	13	32	bfxt	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτόν	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	13	32	uaj7	figs-rpronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately	The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN	13	33	zki6	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	33	zki6	figs-metaphor	τεκνία	1	Little children	Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	33	lp65	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	as I said to the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	13	33	zrqu	figs-infostructure	καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, ‘Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	13	33	sjwl	figs-infostructure	ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1		See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -1926,7 +1926,7 @@ JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will
 JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	20	ht8z	figs-doublet	ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	21	x8m8	figs-explicit	τηρῶν αὐτὰς	1		Here, **keeping** means obeying. See how you translated this word in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	21	gjl8	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	he who loves me will be loved by my Father	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	14	21	qsu7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@ JHN	18	38	ygns	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	18	38	zbm5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?	1	What is truth?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	38	lcrg	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	39	fm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ Πάσχα	1		Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

en_tn_51-PHP.tsv

@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ PHP	2	18	dr9c	figs-yousingular	καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ συ
 PHP	2	19	gml9	figs-abstractnouns	ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	Now I hope in the Lord Jesus	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **hope**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with a verb form such as “hoping.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	20	d9mw		οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον	1	For I have no one like-minded	Alternate translation: “For I have no one else who loves you like I do”
 PHP	2	21	b922	figs-explicit	οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	For they all	Here the words **they** and **their** refer to a group of people Paul does not think he can trust to help the believers in Philippi. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All the other people I might send to you seek what they want and not the things Jesus Christ wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-PHP	2	22	gm8i	figs-simile	ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	as a child with his father, he served with me	The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothy’s biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+PHP	2	22	gm8i	figs-simile	ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	as a child with his father, he served with me	The point of this comparison is that children learn from their fathers and try to follow and imitate them as they work alongside them. Paul was not Timothy’s biological father, but he uses this simile to illustrate how Timothy worked alongside him and learned from him as, together, they advanced the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he learned from me and did what I did as he served with me in the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 PHP	2	22	clvw	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δὲ δοκιμὴν αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **worth** with an adjective such as “valuable” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “But you know how valuable Timothy is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	2	22	xdn5	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον	1	in the gospel	Here, **the gospel** means the work of advancing the gospel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in gospel work” or “in working to spread the gospel” or “in the work of telling people the good news about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 PHP	2	24	yn62		πέποιθα…ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι	1	I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon	Alternate translation: “I am sure, if it is the Lord’s will, that I will also come soon”
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ PHP	4	7	u1sz	figs-extrainfo	ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the peace of G
 PHP	4	7	gejd	figs-abstractnouns	Θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	the peace of God	If your readers not understand the abstract noun **peace**, you could express the meaning with an adjectival phrase such as “at peace” or in some other way. Alternate translation: “then God will help you be confident in God, even if you don’t understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 PHP	4	7	zr4x		ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	which surpasses all understanding	The phrase **which surpasses all understanding** could mean: (1) that the peace God gives is so great that human minds are not able to understand it. Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (2) that the peace that God gives is superior to anything that humans can contrive through their own efforts. Alternate translation: “which humans cannot accomplish or attain by their own efforts”
 PHP	4	7	sauc	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν	1	which surpasses all understanding	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **understanding**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **understanding** by using a verbal form such as “understand.” Alternate translation: “which is greater than we can understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-PHP	4	7	sb6s	figs-metaphor	φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν	1	will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ	The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents God’s peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+PHP	4	7	sb6s	figs-metaphor	φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν	1	will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ	The word **guard** is a military term which refers to a soldier guarding a city or a fortress in order to protect it from enemy attacks. Here Paul presents God’s peace as if it were a soldier who protects **hearts** and **minds** from worrying, and so this phrase literally means “will be like a soldier and guard your hearts and minds” or “will be like a soldier standing guard to protect your hearts and minds.” If your readers would not understand this metaphor in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will keep your hearts and minds safe from attacks of worry and fear” or “will keep your hearts and minds safe” or “will protect your hearts and minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 PHP	4	7	tsz6		ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	will guard your hearts and your minds in Christ	See how you translated the phrase **in Christ Jesus** in [Philippians 1:1](../01/01.md).
 PHP	4	8	b8ig		τὸ λοιπόν	1	As to the rest	Here, as Paul comes near to the end of his letter, he gives some final instructions for how believers should live. Alternate translation: “Regarding what remains to be said” or “As to what remains for me to say”
 PHP	4	8	fxn5	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	See how you translated the word **brothers** in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

en_tn_52-COL.tsv

@@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ COL	1	5	n1qz	figs-metonymy	τὴν ἐλπίδα	1	because of the hope that is r
 COL	1	5	bmpc	figs-activepassive	τὴν ἀποκειμένην	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “that God is reserving for” or “that God has prepared for” or “that God has ready for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	5	xn8s	figs-possession	τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Paul uses the possessive form to describe a **word** that is characterized by **truth**. This could refer to: (1) a message that is truth. Alternate translation: “the message that is true” (2) a message concerning the truth. Alternate translation: “the message about the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	5	ir6k	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	the word of truth, the gospel	Here, **word** represents a message that is made up of words. If **word** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the announcement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-COL	1	6	p5rv	figs-personification	τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς	1		Here, the good news is spoken of as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+COL	1	6	p5rv	figs-personification	τοῦ παρόντος εἰς ὑμᾶς	1		Here, the good news is spoken of as though it were a person who could be **present** with the Colossians. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which was told to you in Colossae” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 COL	1	6	z3g5	figs-hyperbole	ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in all the world	Here, **in all the world** is a generalization referring to the part of the **world** that Paul and the Colossians knew about. If **all the world** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that **world** refers to the known world at that time. Alternate translation: “in every place that we know about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-COL	1	6	wk21	figs-metaphor	ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον	1	is bearing fruit and is growing	Here, Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a plant that could grow and produce fruit. He means that the gospel reaches more people and that it changes how people think and behave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is reaching more people so that they do what is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	6	wk21	figs-metaphor	ἐστὶν καρποφορούμενον καὶ αὐξανόμενον	1	is bearing fruit and is growing	Here, Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a plant that could grow and produce fruit. He means that the gospel reaches more people and that it changes how people think and behave. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is reaching more people so that they do what is pleasing to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	6	ev91	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν	1		Paul leaves out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your language needs these words, you could supply them from the context. Alternate translation: “just as this good news has reached you so that you do what is pleasing to God” or “just as it has done among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 COL	1	6	ait7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπέγνωτε τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	the grace of God in truth	Here, **in truth** could describe (1) the way in which the Colossians learned about the grace of God. Alternate translation: “accurately grasped how God acts kindly” (2) the way God is gracious to the Colossians. Alternate translation: “learned about the true grace of God” or “understood how God truly acts kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	7	pz3h	translate-names	Ἐπαφρᾶ	1	Epaphras	**Epaphras** is the name of a man. He is the one who preached the good news to the people in Colossae. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ COL	1	9	f2xd	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…ἠκούσαμεν, οὐ παυόμ
 COL	1	9	u7zh		ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν	1	from the day we heard this	Alternate translation: “from the day Epaphras told us these things”
 COL	1	9	crnv	figs-hyperbole	οὐ παυόμεθα	1		Here, **have not stopped** is an exaggeration that the Colossians would have understood to mean that Paul and Timothy pray often for the Colossians. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates frequency. Alternate translation: “have been frequently” or “have made a habit of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 COL	1	9	qxnu	figs-litotes	οὐ παυόμεθα	1		Here Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “have kept” or “are continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-COL	1	9	w2a7	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ	1	that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will	Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could **be filled** up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know God’s **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	9	w2a7	figs-metaphor	ἵνα πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ	1	that you might be filled with the knowledge of his will	Here Paul speaks of the Colossian believers as though they were containers that could **be filled** up. By speaking this way, he emphasizes that the Colossians should know God’s **will** in every area of their lives. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “that God would enable you to understand fully what he wants you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	9	kmea	figs-activepassive	πληρωθῆτε	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God would fill you with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	9	hson	figs-abstractnouns	πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **knowledge** and **will**, you can express those ideas in another way, such as with verbs. Alternate translation: “you might fully know what he has planned for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	9	s903	figs-infostructure	πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ θελήματος αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ,	1		Here, **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** identifies how the Colossians are **filled**. The phrase does not describe God’s **will**. If what **in all wisdom and spiritual understanding** describes would be misunderstood in your language, you could move the phrase so that it appears immediately after **filled**. Alternate translation: “you might be filled in all wisdom and spiritual understanding with the knowledge of his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ COL	1	9	k8x2		σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1		Here,
 COL	1	9	w78g	figs-doublet	σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ	1	in all wisdom and spiritual understanding	The words **wisdom** and **understanding** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word. Alternate translation: “spiritual comprehension” or “spiritual insight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 COL	1	10	m4hf	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆσαι ἀξίως τοῦ Κυρίου	1	to walk worthily of the Lord	Here, the word **walk** is a figurative way to refer to behavior in life. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “to behave in the way that the Lord expects you to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	10	vv4g	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς πᾶσαν ἀρεσκείαν	1	in every pleasing way	If your language does not use abstract nouns, you can express the idea behind the phrase **pleasing {way}** with a verb. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before it. Alternate translation: “doing everything that pleases him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	10	vfp3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες	1	bearing fruit	Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their **fruit**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	10	vfp3	figs-metaphor	ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ καρποφοροῦντες	1	bearing fruit	Paul is speaking of the Colossian believers as if they were trees or plants and of the things that they do as if it were their **fruit**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a different figure or plainly. Alternate translation: “performing many good deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	10	b9l1	figs-abstractnouns	αὐξανόμενοι τῇ ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **knowledge**, you can express the idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “knowing God better and better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	11	gxv6	figs-activepassive	δυναμούμενοι	1	being strengthened	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea with an active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God strengthening you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	11	da4r	figs-possession	τὸ κράτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to describe **power** that is characterized by God’s **glory**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use an adjective such as “glorious” or “great” instead of the noun **glory**. Alternate translation: “his glorious power” or “his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -55,12 +55,12 @@ COL	1	12	lt2q		ἱκανώσαντι ὑμᾶς	1	who has made you able	Alternat
 COL	1	12	ss5g	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων	1		This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which God made the Colossians **able**. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that you can share the inheritance of the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	1	12	r2zw	figs-possession	τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου	1	the inheritance	Paul is using the possessive form to describe a **share** that is characterized by **inheritance**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a verbal phrase like “receive your portion of” or “take part in.” Alternate translation: “to take part in the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	12	hno0	figs-possession	τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων	1		Here, Paul uses the possessive form to indicate that the **inheritance** is for the **saints**. If your language does not use this form to express that meaning, you can use a descriptive phrase such as “that God is keeping for” or “that belongs to” instead. Alternate translation: “the inheritance that belongs to the saints” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-COL	1	12	hkf5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	in the light	Here, **in the light** is the opposite of the “authority of the darkness” in the next verse ([1:13](../01/13.md)) and refers to belonging to God and being part of his kingdom. The metaphor of light representing God, goodness, and heaven is very common in the Bible, and it would be useful to retain it if it communicates well. But if it might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual kingdom of God” or “in God’s glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	13	dw5k	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1	the authority of the darkness	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the authority of evil powers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	12	hkf5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτί	1	in the light	Here, **in the light** is the opposite of the “authority of the darkness” in the next verse ([1:13](../01/13.md)) and refers to belonging to God and being part of his kingdom. The metaphor of light representing God, goodness, and heaven is very common in the Bible, and it would be useful to retain it if it communicates well. But if it might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in the spiritual kingdom of God” or “in God’s glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	13	dw5k	figs-metaphor	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1	the authority of the darkness	Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for evil. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority of evil powers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	13	z8b5	figs-possession	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe an **authority** that is characterized by **darkness** (a metaphor for evil). If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can use a verb such as “rule” or “control” for the noun **authority**. Alternate translation: “the evil that ruled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	13	i0sn	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **authority**, you can express that idea in another way, such as with a verb. Alternate translation: “the dark things that controlled us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-COL	1	13	kgvf	figs-metaphor	μετέστησεν	1		Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-COL	1	13	l2ex	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a **kingdom**. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	13	kgvf	figs-metaphor	μετέστησεν	1		Here Paul speaks about a change in who rules over believers as if they were moving from one location to another. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “made us subject instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	13	l2ex	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul speaks of the people who belong to God’s Son as if they were citizens of a **kingdom**. He means that they are members of a community that obeys God’s Son Jesus and belongs to him. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “so that his beloved Son reigns over us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	13	o1pl	figs-possession	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1		Paul uses the possessive form to characterize the **Son** as **his beloved**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea behind **his beloved** with a relative clause. Alternate translation: “of the Son he loves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	13	zav6	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ	1	of his beloved Son	**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between God the Father (who is mentioned in the previous verse ([1:12](../01/12.md))) and Jesus. Alternate translation: “of Jesus, God the Father’s beloved Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 COL	1	14	qe6x	translate-textvariants	τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν	1	in whom	Some later manuscripts add “through his blood” after **redemption**. Most likely, “through his blood” was accidentally added because of how similar this verse is to [Ephesians 1:7](../eph/01/07.md), which does include “through his blood.” Most likely, you should not include “through his blood” in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ COL	1	16	zl7j	figs-activepassive	τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ
 COL	1	16	c3lm		δι’ αὐτοῦ…ἔκτισται	1		The phrase **through him** shows God the Son’s involvement in creating the world with the Father. Alternate translation: “God the Father created by working through the Son”
 COL	1	16	nmr1	grammar-connect-logic-goal	καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **for him** refers to the Son as the purpose or goal of all creation. If the meaning of **for him** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify that creation’s purpose is to honor and glorify the Son. Alternate translation: “and everything exists to glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 COL	1	17	wk9y	grammar-connect-time-sequential	αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων	1	he is before all things	The word **before** refers to time, not location. It means that the Son did not come into being when God created everything, but rather he existed as God before anything was created. If the meaning of **before** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to prior time. Alternate translation: “before God created anything, the Son existed as God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-COL	1	17	m4lp	figs-metaphor	τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν	1	in him all things hold together	Paul is speaking here as if all created things **hold together** because they are inside the Son. By speaking in this way, Paul means that everything that God created continues to exist because the Son actively works to preserve everything. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he controls everything so that it works the way it should” or “he is the one who makes sure everything has its proper place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	17	m4lp	figs-metaphor	τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν	1	in him all things hold together	Paul is speaking here as if all created things **hold together** because they are inside the Son. By speaking in this way, Paul means that everything that God created continues to exist because the Son actively works to preserve everything. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “he controls everything so that it works the way it should” or “he is the one who makes sure everything has its proper place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	18	q8i3	figs-metaphor	αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώματος, τῆς ἐκκλησίας	1	he is the head of the body, the church	Paul speaks of Jesus’ position over the **church** as if he were the **head** on the human **body**. As the head rules and directs the body, so Jesus rules and directs the church. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable expression or express the idea with a simile or in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “he rules and directs the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	18	j6uq		ἡ ἀρχή	1	the beginning	The word **beginning** could refer to (1) the origin of something; here, the origin of the church. Alternate translation: “the origin of the church” or “the one who started the church” (2) a position of power or authority. Alternate translation: “the ruler” or “the one with authority”
-COL	1	18	s12x	figs-metaphor	πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	the firstborn from among the dead	Paul describes Jesus’ resurrection **from among the dead** as if someone gave birth to him as her first child. This figure helps us to see that this new life was not like his old life, because he can never die again. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the first one to come back to new life” or “the first person to permanently rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	18	s12x	figs-metaphor	πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	the firstborn from among the dead	Paul describes Jesus’ resurrection **from among the dead** as if someone gave birth to him as her first child. This figure helps us to see that this new life was not like his old life, because he can never die again. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “the first one to come back to new life” or “the first person to permanently rise from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	18	ybqn	figs-nominaladj	τῶν νεκρῶν	1		Paul is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the dead people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 COL	1	18	uqrv	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων	1		This clause could identify: (1) the result of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “with the result that he is first among all things” (2) the purpose of Jesus starting the church and coming back from the dead. Alternate translation: “in order that he might be first among all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-COL	1	18	jjgh	figs-metaphor	γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων	1		Paul here describes Jesus as if he were **first** to do or be something. This does not refer to time or sequence, but rather it refers to importance. If the meaning of **first** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable expression or in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he himself might become the most important person in all creation” or “he himself might be greater than everything and anybody else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	18	jjgh	figs-metaphor	γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὸς πρωτεύων	1		Paul here describes Jesus as if he were **first** to do or be something. This does not refer to time or sequence, but rather it refers to importance. If the meaning of **first** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable expression or plainly. Alternate translation: “he himself might become the most important person in all creation” or “he himself might be greater than everything and anybody else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	19	npzz	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		The word **For** provides a reason for previous statements. If **For** by itself would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify for which statements this verse gives a reason. These statements could be (1) everything in the previous verse, including the Son’s headship over the church, his founding of the church, his resurrection, and his status as most important. Alternate translation: “He is all these things because” (2) why the Son is first among all things. Alternate translation: “He is first among all things because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 COL	1	19	nyos	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		The verb **was pleased** implies a personal subject, which must be God the Father. By using the phrase **all the fullness**, Paul is speaking of everything that God the Father is, either by ellipsis or metonymy. If this way of speaking would be misunderstood in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “God the Father was pleased to make all of his fullness dwell in the Son” or “all the fullness of God the Father was pleased to dwell in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	19	zu89	figs-metaphor	ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι	1		Here, Paul speaks of the Son as though he were a house in which God’s **fullness** could **dwell**. This does not mean that God lives inside of the Son or that the Son is part of God. This means that the Son has all the divinity of God. It means that the Son is fully God just as the Father is fully God. If the metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, you could state it more plainly. Alternate translation: “the Son is fully God in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -97,14 +97,14 @@ COL	1	20	c3qd	figs-abstractnouns	εἰρηνοποιήσας	1	through the blood
 COL	1	20	as3p	figs-possession	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	through the blood of his cross	Paul uses the possessive form to describe **blood** characterized by **his cross**, which is the location where the blood was shed. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can make the relationship between the two words clearer with a short phrase such as “shed on.” Alternate translation: “the blood shed on his cross.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	20	x5av	figs-metonymy	τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ	1	the blood of his cross	Here, **blood** stands for the death of Christ on the cross. If the meaning of **blood** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	20	mbra	figs-infostructure	τὰ πάντα εἰς αὐτόν…εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		The last part of this verse (**whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens**) describes **all things**, found near the beginning of the verse. If your language does not separate a description from the thing it describes, you can move the description next to **all things**. Alternate translation: “all things, whether the things on the earth or the things in the heavens, to himself” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure)
-COL	1	20	quxc	figs-merism	εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and the **things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+COL	1	20	quxc	figs-merism	εἴτε τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς	1		Paul refers to the **things on the earth** and the **things in the heavens** to include them and everything in between, that is, everything in all of creation. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “everything in the whole creation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 COL	1	21	kv5u	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ποτε	1	Connecting Statement:	The phrase **At one time** does not refer to one specific instance in time when the Colossians were alienated from God. Instead, it refers to all the time before they believed in Jesus. If **At one time** would be misunderstood in your language, you could clarify what **time** Paul is referring to. Alternate translation: “During the time before you believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 COL	1	21	wp3t	figs-activepassive	ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους	1	alienated	If your language does not use this passive form, you can describe the Colossians’ state with an active form. Alternate translation: “did not want a relationship with God” or “were people who did not want to be near God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 COL	1	21	rn6l	figs-explicit	ἀπηλλοτριωμένους, καὶ ἐχθροὺς	1		Paul assumes that the Colossians will know from whom they were **alienated** and with whom they were **enemies**: God. If your language would include this implied information, you could include a reference to “God” in this sentence. Alternate translation: “alienated from God and were his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	21	wa9m	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ διανοίᾳ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηροῖς,	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns to express the ideas behind **thought** and **deeds**, you can express the ideas with relative clauses. Alternate translation: “in what you thought, in what you did that was evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	22	vvl1	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1		The word **But** here introduces a strong contrast from the previous sentence. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast from what was just said. Alternate translation: “Instead of that,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 COL	1	22	f8yw	grammar-connect-time-sequential	νυνὶ	1		The word **now** does not refer to the moment at which Paul writes this letter or the moment at which it is read to the Colossians. Instead, it refers to the time since they believed, including the present moment. This follows as a sequence to the previous verse, which referred to the time when they had not yet believed. If the meaning of **now** would be misunderstood your language, you could add a phrase such as “that you have believed.” Alternate translation: “now that you have faith in Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-COL	1	22	x2pl	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the phrase **the body of his flesh** to refer to Jesus and everything that he did while in a human body. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “by Jesus in his physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+COL	1	22	x2pl	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul uses the phrase **the body of his flesh** to refer to Jesus and everything that he did while in a human body. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “by Jesus in his physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 COL	1	22	iftn	figs-possession	τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ	1		Here Paul describes Jesus’ **body** that is characterized by **flesh**. This refers to Jesus’ body during his earthly life, not his glorified body after the resurrection. If **the body of his flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an expression that makes this idea clear. Alternate translation: “his physical body” or “his body before the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	22	d2x4	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦ θανάτου	1		Here, Paul has not stated whose **death** this is. This **death** is not that of the Colossians but that of Jesus on the cross. If your language would state who died, you could add a possessive word to clarify. Alternate translation: “through his death” or “through Jesus’ death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	1	22	t8ls	grammar-connect-logic-result	παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **to present you** gives the purpose for which God reconciled the Colossians by the death of his Son. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a purpose phrase such as “so that” or “in order to.” Alternate translation: “so that he might present you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ COL	1	22	rvtf	figs-doublet	ἁγίους, καὶ ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀν
 COL	1	23	s069	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἴ γε ἐπιμένετε	1		Here Paul explains that the Colossians need to continue in their faith for what he said in the previous verse to be true about them. In other words, in order for them to be reconciled to God, blameless and without reproach, they need to continue in the faith. However, he does not think that this is a hypothetical situation or something that is likely not true. Instead, Paul thinks that they are continuing in their faith, and he uses this statement with **if** to encourage them to keep doing so. If your language does not use **if** in this context, you can rephrase the condition into a circumstance or an assumption. Alternate translation: “provided that you continue” or “presuming that you continue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 COL	1	23	h5u9	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ πίστει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **faith**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun in another way. Alternate translation: “to trust God” or “to believe God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	23	zja3	figs-doublet	τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι	1		The words **founded** and **firm** mean basically the same thing. The words **not being moved** repeat the idea again in a negative way. The repetition is used to emphasize that it is important for the Colossians to continue strong in their faith. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can use one word for this idea and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “very firm” or “like a rock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-COL	1	23	x600	figs-metaphor	τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι, καὶ μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ	1		Here Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were a building that was **founded** and sits on a **firm** foundation so that it cannot be **moved** from its place, which means that they have good basis for their faith and will keep believing in all situations. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with an equivalent metaphor in your culture or express it in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “holding onto it and grasping it tightly and not letting go of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	1	23	x600	figs-metaphor	τεθεμελιωμένοι καὶ ἑδραῖοι, καὶ μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ	1		Here Paul speaks of the Colossians as if they were a building that was **founded** and sits on a **firm** foundation so that it cannot be **moved** from its place, which means that they have good basis for their faith and will keep believing in all situations. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express this idea with an equivalent metaphor in your culture or express it plainly. Alternate translation: “holding onto it and grasping it tightly and not letting go of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	1	23	kgp1	figs-possession	τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		Here Paul uses to possessive to explain that **hope** comes from the **gospel**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a phrase such as “that comes from” or “gained from.” Alternate translation: “the hope that comes from the gospel” or “how you hope, which you gained from the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	1	23	prwf	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ εὐαγγελίου	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **hope**, you can express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “expecting God to fulfill the gospel” or “waiting for God to complete the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	1	23	d9kg	figs-activepassive	τοῦ κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν	1	which was proclaimed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express the idea in active form. You could: (1) change **proclaimed** to “heard” and make **every creature** the subject. Alternate translation: “which every creature that is under heaven has heard” (2) specify that “fellow believers” is the subject of **proclaimed**. Alternate translation: “which fellow believers have proclaimed to every creature that is under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ COL	1	29	n1h2	figs-abstractnouns	κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν αὐτο
 COL	1	29	f397	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν δυνάμει	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **power**, you can express the idea with an adjective or adverb. Alternate translation: “in powerful ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	intro	p3uc			0		# Colossians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>2. Teaching Section (1:13–2:23)<br>    * Paul’s Ministry (1:24–2:5)<br>    * Effects of Christ’s Work (2:6–15)<br>    * Freedom in Christ (2:16–23)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Philosophy<br><br>Paul speaks of “philosophy” in [2:8](../02/08.md). He is not referring to all attempts by humans to understand the world around them. Instead, he makes it clear that he is referring to thinking that is “empty” and full of “deceit,” that comes from traditions of humans and the “elemental principles.” All this “philosophy” is bad because it is not “according to Christ.” The “philosophy” that Paul attacks, then, is any attempt to make sense of the world that does not do so in line with Christ and his work.<br><br>### Fullness<br><br>Just as in the last chapter, “fullness” is an important idea that Paul refers to [2:9–10](../02/09.md). Again, Christ has the divine “fullness,” and he “fills” the Colossians. No other source of “fullness” is needed.<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Head and body<br><br>As in the last chapter, Christ is called the “head,” both of powerful rulers ([2:10](../02/10.md)) and of his church [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul uses this language to identify Christ as (1) the supreme ruler, just as the head rules over the body, and (2) the source of life for the church, just as a body is dead without its head. Paul also identifies the church as the body of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). Here, his point is that the church cannot survive and grow without being connected to Christ, just as a body does not live or grow without a head. Finally, Paul refers to a “body” in [2:17](../02/17.md), but here the metaphor is different. The word “body” refers to any object that can cast a shadow (not primarily to an organic, human body) and here the “body” (the object) is Christ, who casts a shadow, which is identified as old covenant regulations.<br><br>### Circumcision and baptism<br><br>In [2:11–13](../02/11.md), Paul uses the old covenant sign of circumcision to refer to removing the “the body of flesh,” and he uses the new covenant sign of baptism to refer to “being buried” with Christ. He uses these two signs to show how Christians are united with Christ, freed from sin, and given new life.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>In Colossians, Paul uses “flesh” to refer to human, embodied existence in the world before the resurrection and before God creates the new heavens and earth. He uses “flesh” neutrally to refer to physical presence in [2:1](../02/01.md); [2:5](../02/05.md). In many other places, however, he uses “flesh” to refer to the weakness and sinfulness of humans as they live in ways that fit with this broken world ([2:11](../02/11.md), [13](../02/13.md), [18](../02/18.md), [23](../02/23.md)). Often, “flesh” in these situations is translated with something like “sinful nature.” However, it is perhaps better to emphasize both weakness and sinfulness, and the term “nature” can be confusing. For examples of some ways to translate “flesh,” see the UST and notes in this chapter.<br><br>### The false teaching<br><br>In this chapter, Paul gives some information about what the false teachers are saying and doing. However, it is not enough to give us a full picture of who they were and what they taught. What is clear is that they spoke about extraordinary experiences, were interested in spiritual beings, and gave commands about behavior that at least sometimes were related to Old Testament law. If possible, keep your translation as vague as Paul’s own description of the false teachers.
 COL	2	1	tt6v	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	Connecting Statement:	The word **For** introduces the reason why Paul told them in [1:29](../01/29.md) about how hard he works. If this connection would be misunderstood in your language, you could make the transition more explicit. Alternate translation: “I tell you about my hard work because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-COL	2	1	dqg5	figs-metaphor	ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω	1	how great a struggle I have for you	Here, the word **struggle** is directly related to the word “striving” in [1:29](../01/29.md). Just as in that verse, it is usually used for striving to win a contest, whether athletic, legal, or military. Paul uses the word here to indicate how much he cares for the Colossians and how hard he works for their benefit. If that meaning of **struggle** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “how much care I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	1	dqg5	figs-metaphor	ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω	1	how great a struggle I have for you	Here, the word **struggle** is directly related to the word “striving” in [1:29](../01/29.md). Just as in that verse, it is usually used for striving to win a contest, whether athletic, legal, or military. Paul uses the word here to indicate how much he cares for the Colossians and how hard he works for their benefit. If that meaning of **struggle** would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “how much care I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	1	xoih	figs-abstractnouns	ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **struggle**, you can express the idea behind this abstract noun by combining it with the verb **have** and using a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “how much I struggle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	1	fn4z	figs-explicit	ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ τῶν ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ, καὶ ὅσοι οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί	1	those at Laodicea	This list includes the Colossians and the Laodiceans among those who have not seen Paul’s **face in the flesh**. If this inclusion would be misunderstood in your language, you could reverse the order of the list and include **you** and **the ones at Laodicea** among those who **have not seen** Paul’s face. Alternate translation: “for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh, including you and those at Laodicea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	1	rj7d	figs-idiom	οὐχ ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί	1	as many as have not seen my face in the flesh	In Paul’s culture, seeing a **face in the flesh** refers to meeting someone in person. If the meaning of **have not seen my face in the flesh** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable idiom or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “have not personally made my acquaintance” or “have not personally met me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ COL	2	2	v13e	figs-possession	ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου	1	Ch
 COL	2	2	v9az	figs-possession	τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul here uses the possessive form to speak about **the mystery** that comes from **God**. Only **God** can reveal the content of this **mystery**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can express the idea by using a relative clause. Alternate translation: “the mystery that God reveals” or “the mystery known by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	3	o2ob	figs-explicit	ἐν ᾧ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could state explicitly to whom the word **whom** refers. The word **whom** could refer to: (1) the mystery. Alternate translation: “in this mystery” (2) Christ. Alternate translation: “in the Messiah.” Since [2:2](../02/02.md) identifies the mystery with Christ, both options express what Paul is saying, so pick the option that most clearly communicates the idea in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 COL	2	3	w74d	figs-activepassive	εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι	1	in whom all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden	If your language does not use this form, you can express the idea in active form, with God as the subject. Alternate translation: “God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-COL	2	3	vhsr	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ…ἀπόκρυφοι	1		Paul here speaks of the Messiah as if he were a container that could “hide” **treasures**. He speaks this way to emphasize the value of what Christians receive from God when they are united to the Messiah. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “from whom all the blessings … can be received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+COL	2	3	vhsr	figs-metaphor	ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ…ἀπόκρυφοι	1		Paul here speaks of the Messiah as if he were a container that could “hide” **treasures**. He speaks this way to emphasize the value of what Christians receive from God when they are united to the Messiah. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “from whom all the blessings … can be received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 COL	2	3	w4mr	figs-possession	οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως	1	the treasures of wisdom and knowledge	Paul here uses the possessive form to explain what the **treasures** are: **wisdom** and **knowledge**. If your language does not use this form to express that idea, you can clarify that **wisdom** and **knowledge** are the **treasures**. Alternate translation: “the treasures, which are wisdom and knowledge,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 COL	2	3	vd98	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως	1	of wisdom and knowledge	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **wisdom** and **knowledge**, you can express the ideas behind these abstract nouns with adjectives such as “wise” and “knowledgeable.” Alternate translation: “of wise and knowledgeable thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 COL	2	3	iiob	figs-doublet	τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως	1	of wisdom and knowledge	The words **wisdom** and **knowledge** mean very similar things. The repetition is used to emphasize the breadth of spiritual wisdom. If your language does not use repetition in this way or has only one word for this concept, you can use just one word or translate **wisdom** as an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “of wisdom” or “of knowledge” or “of wise knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

en_tn_53-1TH.tsv

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	1	ms5e	figs-ellipsis	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Here Paul omits some words that a sentence would need in order to be complete in many languages. Alternate translation: “We are Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, writing to the church” (See rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 1TH	1	1	zivb	figs-explicit	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	**Paul** is understood to be the author of this letter. **Silvanus and Timothy** are with him as he writes and are in agreement with what he writes. If that might not be understood in your language, you could include this information in your translation. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, together with Silvanus and Timothy, write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	1	1	r7n0	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	The name **Silvanus** is a longer form of the name **Silas**, the form of the name used for this same man in the book of Acts. You could choose to use the shorter form here as well, or you could choose to use the longer form here and include a footnote explaining that they are forms of the same name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-1TH	1	1	z7wu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	1	1	z7wu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1	Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church	Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	1	1	vlb3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Θεῷ Πατρὶ καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		When **God** is called **Father** (See [1:3](../01/03.md)), it is meant to highlight his relationship to **Jesus** as “Son” (See [1:10](../01/10.md)). Here, the Old Testament title for **God**, **Lord**, is applied to **Jesus**, equating him with **God**. Be sure to accurately translate these titles in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 1TH	1	1	luw5	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace and peace to you	This phrase is a common biblical blessing formula and greeting (See Rom. 1:7; 1 Cor. 1:3; 2 Cor. 1:2; Gal. 1:3; Eph. 1:2; Phil. 1:2; Col. 1:2; 2 Th. 1:2; Philem. 1:3; 1 Pet. 1:2; 2 Pet. 1:2; Rev. 1:4). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing that could be used as a greeting in your language. Alternate translation: “May God give you his grace and peace” or “I pray that God shows you favor and keeps you safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1TH	1	1	qx70	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη	1	Grace and peace to you	The words **Grace** and **peace** are abstract nouns. Your language may have a particular way of expressing these concepts, such as with verbs or description words. If so, you could use them in your translation. Alternate translation: “We pray that God will treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	1	9	xeff	figs-explicit	ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	what kind of reception we had with you	Paul implies that the **kind of reception** they had from the Thessalonians was a good one. If that would not be understood by your readers, you could indicate it explicitly. Alternate translation: “what a good reception we had from you” or “how gladly you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	1	9	dkv4	figs-idiom	πῶς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν	1	you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God	Here, the phrase **how you turned** is an idiom that simply refers to the fact that they turned, not to the manner of how they turned. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “that you turned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	1	9	wpbm	figs-doublet	ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ	1	you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God	If it would be more natural in your language, you could combine the two phrases **to God** and **to serve the living and true God** into one phrase. Alternate translation: “you turned from serving the idols to serve the living and true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	1	9	u1um	figs-metaphor	ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων	1	you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian believers as if they had been facing toward their **idols** and then **turned** around to face toward God. He means that they no longer worship idols, but now they worship God. If this metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you started worshiping God and left the idols behind” or “you abandoned the idols so that you could worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	1	9	u1um	figs-metaphor	ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων	1	you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian believers as if they had been facing toward their **idols** and then **turned** around to face toward God. He means that they no longer worship idols, but now they worship God. If this metaphor might be misunderstood in your language, use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you started worshiping God and left the idols behind” or “you abandoned the idols so that you could worship God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	1	9	fa47	grammar-connect-logic-goal	δουλεύειν	1		Here, **to serve** introduces a purpose clause. The reason why these people stopped worshiping idols was in order to serve God. Use a natural method of introducing a purpose clause in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to begin serving” or “for the purpose of serving” or “so that you could serve” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal)
 1TH	1	9	gv76	figs-parallelism	ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ	1		This phrase expresses parallelism, by contrasting the deadness and falseness of idols with the living and real God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	1	9	ou5h	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ	1		By using the terms **living and true** to describe God, Paul is implying that these terms do not apply to the idols or to the gods that those idols represent. The idols themselves are made of materials that are not alive. The gods that they represent are living beings, but they are not **true** gods, because people do not owe them obedience or worship as they do to the God who created them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include this information in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “from worshiping the non-living statues of false gods in order to serve the real God who is alive” or “from the dead idols in order to serve the God who lives and deserves our worship” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
@@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	6	j6c4	figs-synecdoche	οὔτε ζητοῦντες ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ’ ὑμῶν, οὔτε ἀπ’ ἄλλων	1		Here Paul refers to **men** to speak of any individual person. He also refers to **from you or from others** as another way of saying “all people.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “We were not looking for praise from any human being–not you or anyone else–” or “We were not hoping for any human honors from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 1TH	2	6	afcc	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν	1		If your language does not use the abstract noun **glory**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “for people to praise us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	2	7	u7y2	figs-hypo	δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι, ὡς Χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι	1		With the phrase **being able to be a burden**, Paul uses a hypothetical condition to draw attention to the divine authority of the **apostles of Christ**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. This phrase could refer to: (1) authority of the apostles. “as Christ’s apostles we have authority to force obedience” (2) rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we could have burdened you by demanding financial support” (3) authority and rights of the apostles. Alternate translation: “as Christ’s apostles, we have the power to demand support and submission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
-1TH	2	7	a75z	figs-metaphor	δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι	1		Paul speaks of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	7	a75z	figs-metaphor	δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι	1		Paul speaks of the apostles as if they were a heavy weight or pack. He means that if they wanted to, they could impose their apostolic authority in a way that could seem oppressive to the Thessalonian church. If your readers would not understand what **burden** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “although we could impose our authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	7	bslq	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1		Here, **but** signals that the rest of the verse will contrast the idea of **burden**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	2	7	y3bi	figs-metaphor	ἐγενήθημεν νήπιοι ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν	1		Here, **became little children in the midst of you** is a metaphor indicating how gently the apostles treated the Thessalonian church. You could translate this with an active form, using a simile. Alternate translation: “we acted as mild as infants when we visited you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	7	bnp2	figs-idiom	ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν	1		Paul uses the idiom **in the midst of you** that means “spending time” or “visiting”. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “while visiting you” or “while spending time with you” or “when we were with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	2	7	ag1l	figs-simile	ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα	1	as if a mother might comfort her own children	The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1TH	2	7	ag1l	figs-simile	ὡς ἐὰν τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα	1	as if a mother might comfort her own children	The point of this comparison is that in the same way a **mother** would gently **comfort** her **children**, so the apostles gently and affectionately nurtured the Thessalonian church (See [2:8](../02/08.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as we affectionately cared for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1TH	2	8	r8b4	figs-abstractnouns	οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν	1	Having affection for you in this manner	If your language does not use the abstract noun **affection**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “Because we desire you so much” or “Since we yearn for you like this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	2	8	q86v	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς	1	we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls	Paul uses **our own souls** to speak of the apostles’ bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	8	q86v	figs-metaphor	τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς	1	we were pleased to impart to you not only the gospel of God but also our own souls	Paul uses **our own souls** to speak of the apostles’ bodies or their life. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “our own selves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	9	v837	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γάρ	1		Here the connecting word **For** emphasizes that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Alternate translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	9	exw6	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1		Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TH	2	9	tc98	figs-doublet	τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον	1	our labor and toil	Here, **labor** and **toil** mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes how hard the apostles worked. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases or make them active. Alternate translation: “our toilsome labor” or “how hard we worked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -123,12 +123,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	10	il3e	figs-litany	ὡς ὁσίως, καὶ δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως, ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν	1	holy, and righteous, and blameless	Paul uses a repetitive series of proofs of the apostles’ godly behavior in [2:10–12](../02/10.md). This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” This is a list of the evidence for which the Thessalonian church and God are evoked as witnesses. Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone has done right. Alternate translation: “just how faithfully and justly and innocently we conducted ourselves toward you believers in God” or “how we acted reverently, and fairly, and blamelessly while visiting the faithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
 1TH	2	10	ufdv	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν	1	holy, and righteous, and blameless	The pronouns **You** and **you** are plural and refer to all the believers in God at Thessalonica. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “You all … among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1TH	2	11	oug6		καθάπερ οἴδατε ὡς ἕνα ἕκαστον ὑμῶν	1		Again, Paul places **just as you know** in a position that gives it special emphasis (See also [2:2,5](../02/02.md)). It is another way of saying “you {are} witnesses” (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Paul is appealing to the Thessalonian church’s own experience of the apostles’ godly behavior to prove their gospel message comes from God (See [2:9](../02/09.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “just as you each and every one of you are well aware” or “just as each one of you experienced for yourself”
-1TH	2	11	i58m	figs-simile	ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ	1	as a father his own children	The point of Paul’s comparison is that the apostles are like fathers who model and instruct in proper behavior for their **children**. They see themselves as spiritual fathers to the Thessalonian church, so they nurture them in the Christian faith like a father would care for the overall well-being of his own children. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like a father nurtures his own children” or “just as a father cares for his own children” or “like a father trains his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1TH	2	11	i58m	figs-simile	ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ	1	as a father his own children	The point of Paul’s comparison is that the apostles are like fathers who model and instruct in proper behavior for their **children**. They see themselves as spiritual fathers to the Thessalonian church, so they nurture them in the Christian faith like a father would care for the overall well-being of his own children. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like a father nurtures his own children” or “just as a father cares for his own children” or “like a father trains his own children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1TH	2	12	m91e		παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ παραμυθούμενοι, καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι…ὑμᾶς	1	exhorting you and encouraging and testifying for you	Paul uses a repetitive series of verb forms to show how the apostles have instructed the Thessalonian church like caring fathers would teach their children. These words are meant to instill a sense of urgency. Alternate translation: “encouraging and building you up and acting as your witness” or “instructing you through appeals, encouragement, and our own personal example”
 1TH	2	12	clhg		παρακαλοῦντες…μαρτυρόμενοι	1		These verbal forms also describe the apostles’ fatherly behavior toward the Thessalonian church. These forms can be expressed in a number of ways: (1) result. Alternate translation: “with the result that we kept exhorting … testifying” (2) means. Alternate translation: “by exhorting … testifying” (3) manner. Alternate translation: “how we kept exhorting … testifying”
 1TH	2	12	afop	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ appeals. He wants the Thessalonian church to live **worthy of God**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “that you must honor God by how you live” or “so that you would live how God desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	2	12	go6b	figs-possession	εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Paul is using the possessive form **of God** to describe how God’s people should live. Use a natural way in your language to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “to live in a way that honors God” or “to live in a way that God honors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-1TH	2	12	udek	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν	1		Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	12	udek	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ περιπατεῖν	1		Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to habitually live” or “for you to continue to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	12	v9ph	figs-distinguish	τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς	1		This phrase gives us further information about God and describes what he is doing through the apostles’ teachings. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “he is the one who continues to summon you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	2	12	b0by	figs-parallelism	τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς	1		Here, **the one calling you** is a parallelism that equates the apostles’ **exhorting**, **encouraging**, and **testifying** with God’s **calling**. See also [2:13](../02/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	2	12	vbd2	figs-hendiadys	εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν	1		This phrase, **into his own kingdom and glory**, expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **glory** describes what the **kingdom** is like. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “into his own glorious kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@@ -140,14 +140,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	13	dr6q	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Here, **that** marks the reasons in [2:13–14](../02/13.md) for why the apostles are thankful for the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express the reason why people should do things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	2	13	zj5f	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἀληθῶς ἐστὶν	1	not as the word of man	Paul uses this contrasting clause to strongly negate the idea that the apostles’ message is of human origin. Use a natural way in your language for introducing an emphatic contrast. Alternate translation: “but in fact what it really is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	2	13	f6ta	figs-metonymy	λόγον ἀνθρώπων…λόγον Θεοῦ	1		Paul uses the phrase **the word** to represent a message that is made up of words. Here, **the word of man** refers to a message of human origin. In contrast, **the word of God** refers to the same message, called “the gospel of God” in [2:8–9](../02/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “a human message … God’s message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1TH	2	13	ci1e	figs-personification	ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν	1	which is also working in you who believe	The apostles refer to God’s gospel message as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	2	13	ci1e	figs-personification	ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν	1	which is also working in you who believe	The apostles refer to God’s gospel message as if it were a person or tool doing work. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and God is energizing you faithful ones with this message” or “and God is activating this message among you who trust in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	2	13	z89g	writing-pronouns	ὃς	1	which is also working in you who believe	Here, the word translated **which** could refer to **God** or **the word**. Alternate translation: “and God” or “and God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 1TH	2	13	x7oi	figs-yousingular	ἐν ὑμῖν	1		Here, the pronoun **you** is plural and refers to all the believers in God at Thessalonica (See [2:10](../02/10.md)). Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “among all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 1TH	2	14	mh8n	writing-background		0	became imitators of the churches	Verses 14–16 provide background information about how the Thessalonian church suffered persecutions similar to the Judean church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	2	14	xopt	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates that what follows is the proof of how God’s message is working among the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “Because” or “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	2	14	cj05	figs-gendernotations	ἀδελφοί	1	brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 1TH	2	14	ij9j		μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε…τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν	1		Here, **imitators** is a noun that can be translated with a verb (See [1:6](../01/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this idea. Alternate translation: “mimicked the churches” or “imitated the churches” or “copied the behavior of the churches”
-1TH	2	14	g0t5	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	2	14	g0t5	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		Here, Paul speaks of the churches of God **in Christ Jesus** as though they were occupying space inside Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus (See also [1:1](../01/01.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that Thessalonian believers **in Christ Jesus** have with Judean believers **in Christ Jesus** through the Holy Trinity. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	2	15	a6xd	writing-background	τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων	1		This is the specific content of the background information about the Jewish persecution of Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	2	15	pgzz	figs-merism	τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων	1		The whole history of the persecution of God’s people is summarized in three parts: the killing of Old Testament prophets, the crucifixion of the Lord Jesus, and persecution of the apostles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1TH	2	15	ucaz	figs-events	τῶν καὶ τὸν Κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων Ἰησοῦν, καὶ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐκδιωξάντων	1		This list of those persecuted by the Jews is not chronological, but emphasizes the order of importance and intensity of persecution. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the order of events clear. Alternate translation: “who have killed the prophets, then the Lord Jesus, and finally persecuted us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
@@ -182,16 +182,16 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	2	18	crv7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	3	to see your faces	What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what was expected, that Paul would visit the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	2	18	uuae	figs-explicit	ἐνέκοψεν ἡμᾶς	1	to see your faces	Since the Greek word that ULT translates as **hindered** often means “cut off” or “beat in,” Paul may be stressing the violent nature of Satan’s obstruction. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “powerfully prevented us” or “violently obstructed us” or “cut off our route” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	2	19	j7j5	figs-rquestion		0	For what is our hope, or joy, or crown of boasting? Is it not even you before our Lord Jesus at his coming?	Paul uses these rhetorical questions here to emphasize why the apostles want to visit the Thessalonian church. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1TH	2	19	mj9n	figs-personification	ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	2	19	mj9n	figs-personification	ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Here, **hope** **joy** and **crown** are spoken of as if they were the people in the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	2	19	ulj7	figs-ellipsis	τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως? ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Some words are left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{is it}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	2	19	jfak	figs-personification	ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of as if these concepts were the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	2	19	jfak	figs-personification	ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἢ στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	our hope … Is it not even you	Here, **hope**, **joy**, and **crown of boasting** are spoken of as if these concepts were the Thessalonian church. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because who makes us hopeful? Who causes us to rejoice? Who gives us reason to boast victoriously?”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	2	19	e7tl	figs-metonymy	στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	crown of boasting	Here, **crown** refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression **crown of boasting** means a reward for victory or for having competed well. The proof of the apostles’ success will ultimately be displayed at the Second Coming of Christ if the Thessalonian church remains faithful to God (See [4:13–5:11](../04/13/.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “reward for victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	2	19	uvb4	figs-possession	στέφανος καυχήσεως	1	crown of boasting	Paul is using this possessive form to describe either: (1) the product of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown that produces boasting” (2) the means of boasting. Alternate translation: “crown through which we boast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	2	19	h7gh	figs-metonymy	ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ	1	crown of boasting	Here, **before** refers to location or sphere, used as a substitute for “in front of” or “in the presence of.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus” or “in front of our Lord Jesus” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1TH	2	19	mksc	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ	1	crown of boasting	Here, **his coming** is a well-known idiom in 1–2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [3:13](../03/13.md)) or the “Day of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “at his Second Coming” or “when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	2	20	l3m0	figs-parallelism	ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά	1	crown of boasting	This verse means the same thing as “our hope or joy or crown of boasting” in [2:19](../02/19.md). Paul says the same thing twice in slightly different ways to emphasize that he is genuinely pleased with the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	2	20	d8dz	figs-rpronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	crown of boasting	Paul uses the word **you** to emphasize how the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God brings honor and joy to the apostles. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-1TH	2	20	nlbd	figs-personification	ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά	1	crown of boasting	Here, the Thessalonian church is compared to the abstract concepts of **glory** and **joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	2	20	nlbd	figs-personification	ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ χαρά	1	crown of boasting	Here, the Thessalonian church is compared to the abstract concepts of **glory** and **joy**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because of you, God will honor us and make us rejoice” or “Certainly, we will become glorified and rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	3	intro	j379			0		# 1 Thessalonians 3 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 3<br><br>1. Timothy’s Visit (3:1–5)<br>* Apostolic concern (3:1–2)<br>* Apostolic encouragement (3:3–5)<br>2. Timothy’s Report (3:6–13)<br>* Good news (3:6–10)<br>* Apostolic prayer (3:11–13)<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter recounts Timothy’s visit to Thessalonica. The second part tells about his report to Paul and Silvanus at Athens. Lastly, the apostles offer a prayer on behalf of the Thessalonian church.<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In this chapter, the Apostle Paul uses the phrase “stand firm” in [3:8](../03/08.md) as a metaphor of faithfulness to the Gospel, and “be shaken” in [3:3](../03/03.md) as the opposite of being faithful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Use a building metaphor, the apostles pray that God will “strengthen the “hearts” of the Thessalonian church “blameless” (See [3:13](../03/13.md)).<br><br>The enemy of God’s people, “Satan” (See [2:18](../02/18.md)) is here called “the tempter” (See [3:5](../03/05.md)).<br><br>### Hyperbole<br><br>Paul uses emotional and extreme language when speaking of his memory of the Thessalonian church. “Enduring it no longer,” the apostles and especially Paul (See [3:1,5](../03/01.md)) feel compelled to find out about the spiritual condition of the church. The intensity and duration of the apostles’ prayers is described as “night and day pleading earnestly” (See [3:10](../03/10.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>Here the apostles pray that the Thessalonian church will be preserved holy when Christ comes again with all his holy ones or “saints” (See [3:13](../03/13.md)).
 1TH	3	1	fqe3	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι,	1	enduring it no longer	This is a result clause. Paul is explaining why he sent Timothy to Thessalonica in [3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “Because we could not restrain ourselves any longer, we thought it proper to stay behind in Athens alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	1	zvgz	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	enduring it no longer	Here, **Therefore** indicates a return to the topic of a visit from the apostles (See [2:17–18](../02/17/.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	2	q1f7	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	our brother and a servant	What follows the word **and** here is in contrast to Paul and Silvanus staying behind at Athens. Instead, they sent Timothy. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “even though this was true,” or “yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	3	2	vsoo	figs-exclusive	ἐπέμψαμεν…ἡμῶν	1	our brother and a servant	When Paul says **we** and **our**, he is exclusively speaking of himself and Silvanus. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	3	2	d8yy	figs-distinguish	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	This phrase gives us further information about Timothy. It is meant to clarify that he is authorized by the apostles and God himself. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “and we sent Timothy, who is our fellow worker and an authorized servant of God” or “and we sent Timothy. He is our assistant and God’s authorized servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TH	3	2	yyio	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, the metaphors **our brother** and **servant** refer to **Timothy** as a fellow apostle (See [2:6](../02/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brother** or **servant** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he assists us and ministers for God in the preaching of the gospel about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	2	yyio	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, the metaphors **our brother** and **servant** refer to **Timothy** as a fellow apostle (See [2:6](../02/06.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brother** or **servant** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he assists us and ministers for God in the preaching of the gospel about Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	2	lkvo	figs-possession	καὶ διάκονον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Here, **servant of God** could refer to: (1) a servant in general. Alternate translation: “and a minister of God” or “and assistant to God” (2) office of deacon. Alternate translation: “and a deacon of God” or “who also serves God as a deacon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	3	2	dsnc		ἐν	1	our brother and a servant	The preposition **in** could refer to: (1) Timothy’s association with the gospel. Alternate translation: “associated with” or “partnering in” (2) the cause of the gospel. Alternate translation: “for the cause of” or “for the sake of” (3) the means of the gospel. Alternate translation: “through” or “by means of”
 1TH	3	2	pqif	figs-possession	τοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	our brother and a servant	Paul is most likely using the possessive form to refer to **the gospel** that is “about” **Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could replace **of** with “about.” Alternate translation: “about Christ” or “concerning Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	8	hk91	figs-metaphor	ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though they were occupying space inside the Lord Jesus. Here, this metaphor, **in the Lord**, could express these ideas: (1) devotion to Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are really devoted to the Lord Jesus” (2) relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you are truly standing firm in your relationship with the Lord Jesus” (3) union with Jesus. Alternate translation: “all of you are firmly united to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	8	e3pe	figs-rpronouns	ὑμεῖς	1	if you stand firm in the Lord	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize his joy for the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternative translation: “indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	3	9	pzq7	figs-rquestion	τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν.	1	For what thanks are we able to give back to God concerning you, for all the joy in which we rejoice before our God because of you,	Paul is using a rhetorical question that continues to the end of [3:10](../03/10.md) in order to emphasize the apostles’ thankful joy for the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness to God. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We could not possibly thank God enough for what he has done for you! When we pray to our God, we greatly rejoice because of you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-1TH	3	9	pdc5	figs-metaphor	τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν	1	before our God	With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot adequately express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving for you could we give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	9	pdc5	figs-metaphor	τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα τῷ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν	1	before our God	With the phrase **give back**, Paul speaks of the apostles as if they owe God a debt for the sake of the Thessalonian church’s faithfulness. Paul means that the apostles cannot adequately express how thankful they are. If your readers would not understand what it means to **give back** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Because, how could we possibly show how grateful we are to God for you” or “Indeed, what kind of thanksgiving for you could we give to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	9	j6pj	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν δι’ ὑμᾶς, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	before our God	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Since this is a rhetorical question, you could change it to a statement, and begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Because of you, we greatly rejoice when we pray to God,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	3	9	u00t	figs-doublet	ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ χαρᾷ ᾗ χαίρομεν	1	before our God	Here, **joy** and **rejoice** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy the apostles have because of how faithful the Thessalonian church has been towards God. Alternate translation: “for how much we greatly rejoice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	9	p5ka	figs-idiom	χαίρομεν…ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν	1	before our God	Here, **before our God** is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “we rejoice in the presence of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -255,14 +255,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	3	11	f3wh	figs-hendiadys	ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ ἡμῶν	1	our God and Father … our Lord	Here, **our God and Father** refers to the one divine person who is both God and Father. This phrase is a hendiadys, since Father further describes God (See also [1:3](../01/03.md)). Alternate translation: “God our Father” or “our Father God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys)
 1TH	3	11	mc2m	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς	1	may our God and Father … direct	Paul uses the word **himself** to distinguish **our God and Father** from **our Lord Jesus**. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	3	11	bql9	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1	our God and Father … our Lord	It is possible that these first two uses of **our** are inclusive of the whole Christian Church. Yet, the third use of **our** exclusively refers to the apostles. So, it is most likely that **our** refers exclusively to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy in this whole verse (see also [1:9, 2:1, 3:9](../01/09.md)). Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-1TH	3	11	um1c	figs-metaphor	κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.	1	may … direct our way to you	Paul speaks about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “may … quickly bring us to you” or “may … direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	11	um1c	figs-metaphor	κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς.	1	may … direct our way to you	Paul speaks about God as if he were a pilot or captain of a ship. Paul means that he wants God to allow the apostles to visit the Thessalonian church again. If your readers would not understand what **direct our way to you** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “may … quickly bring us to you” or “may … direct our voyage so that we can visit you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	12	f4ma	figs-doublet	ὑμᾶς δὲ ὁ Κύριος πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Here, **increase** and **abound** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much the apostles want the Thessalonian church to keep increasing in their love for all people. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “May the Lord Jesus make you completely excel” or “O that the Lord Jesus would cause you to fully thrive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	12	o80n	figs-metaphor	τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul speaks of **love** as something that can be quantified or measured. He means that he hopes the Thessalonian church will keep loving people well. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “in the way you love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	12	ofl2	figs-merism	εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul could be speaking, using these phrases in order to include the whole human race. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or use plain language. Alternate translation: “toward each and every person” or “toward the whole human race” or “toward Christians and non-Christians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
 1TH	3	12	gyy3	figs-nominaladj	εἰς πάντας	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Paul could be using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. It could refer to: (1) the whole human race. Alternate translation: “toward all humanity” (2) all Christians. Alternate translation: “for all your fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	3	12	dm6c		καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	may the Lord make you increase and abound in love	Here, **just as we also toward you** is an emphatic phrase meant to reinforce the deep love the apostles have for the Thessalonian church (also in [3:6](../03/06.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “in the same way that we love you”
 1TH	3	13	ms8t	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **hearts** and **holiness**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “so that how you love one another strengthens you to become resolved to live blamelessly, as is appropriate for those who belong to the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	3	13	ly21	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	Paul speaks of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	3	13	ly21	figs-metaphor	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	Paul speaks of the people of the Thessalonian church as if they have one heart that is like a building that can be established or supported. He means that he wants God to increase their willpower or affections so that they would remain faithful to God. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to establish your affections” or “to strengthen your will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	3	13	taws	grammar-connect-logic-goal	εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας	1	to strengthen your hearts, blameless	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he prays that God will increase the Thessalonian church’s love for all people. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord will establish your affections for him” or “in order that the Lord will strengthen your willpower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	3	13	jev8	figs-doublet	ἀμέμπτους ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	Here, **blameless** and **holiness** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize total sanctification. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. This phrase could refer to: (1) a condition of holiness. Alternate translation: “blameless in a condition of holiness” (2) how to become holy. Alternate translation: “blameless through holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	3	13	p12j	figs-idiom	ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν	1	at the coming of our Lord Jesus	This phrase is an idiom for being in the personal presence of God (See [3:9](../03/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Father God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -271,14 +271,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	intro	b1z5			0		# 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1–8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9–12)<br>* Reminder (4:9–10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11–12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13–18)<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address the topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and they should continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own business, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11–12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13–5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13–18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md)). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ and the Day of the Lord<br><br>All Christians believe that Jesus will return to earth to judge all people and to rule forever. As the Nicene Creed (381 A.D.) states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. However, there are various ways that Christians understand the “coming of the Lord” as explained in [4:13–5:11](../04/13.md), and the “day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). Some believe they are one and the same event, but others believe them to be two separate events. Your translation should state clearly only what is clear in these verses without promoting any particular interpretation.
 1TH	4	1	vtas	grammar-connect-words-phrases	λοιπὸν οὖν	1	brothers	Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles’ teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	1	u2lw	figs-doublet	ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν	1	we beg and exhort you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	4	1	foeh	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	we beg and exhort you	Paul speaks as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	1	p4db	figs-metaphor	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	1	foeh	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ	1	we beg and exhort you	Paul speaks as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	1	p4db	figs-metaphor	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	1	ckii	figs-hendiadys	τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν Θεῷ (καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε)	1	it is necessary for you to walk	Here, **to walk and to please** expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **please** describes how the Thessalonian church should **walk**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “about how you must live to please God (exactly as you live now)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	4	1	q937	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα περισσεύητε μᾶλλον	1	it is necessary for you to walk	This phrase is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for which apostles are begging and exhorting the Thessalonian church. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you can excel more and more” or “in order that you thrive even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	4	2	oyu3	grammar-connect-time-background		0	through the Lord Jesus	Paul is providing this background information about the apostles’ teachings during their previous visit to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
 1TH	4	2	dg4p	grammar-connect-logic-result	οἴδατε γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	This verse expresses that the Thessalonian church should do what the apostles previously taught them (See [4:1](../04/01.md)), because these teachings are actually commands from **the Lord Jesus** himself. Use a natural way in your language to express a result clause. Alternate translation: “The reason we beg and exhort you is because you realize that when we gave commands, it was actually the Lord Jesus who taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	2	ebjm	grammar-connect-words-phrases	γὰρ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Here, **For** indicates that what follows is something else important that the Thessalonian church should pay attention to. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH	4	2	vg16	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Paul speaks of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	2	vg16	figs-metaphor	διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ	1	through the Lord Jesus	Paul speaks of the **commands** that the apostles gave to the Thessalonian church as though **Jesus** personally told them to the apostles. Paul means that **Jesus** made the apostles his messengers, not that **Jesus** is a messenger of the apostles. If your readers would not understand what **through the Lord Jesus** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through a message from the Lord Jesus” or “by order of the Lord Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	3	ycsw	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν,	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	If your language does not use the abstract nouns **will** and **sanctification**, you can express the ideas behind them in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, God desires that you live like those who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	4	3	lit4	grammar-connect-words-phrases	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **For this is** indicates that this is the beginning of a section about the content of the commands from the Lord Jesus in [4:2](../04/02.md). Use a natural way in your language to indicate the beginning of new topic. Alternate translation: “Now, this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	3	vnp0	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν θέλημα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	for you to keep from sexual immorality	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that emphasizes what **is the will of God**. Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly, this very thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -298,8 +298,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	5	tz8o	figs-genericnoun	τὰ ἔθνη	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **the Gentiles** refers to all the non-Christian nations in general, not one group of people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase (See your translation at [2:16](../02/16.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 1TH	4	5	w03g	figs-distinguish	τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν Θεόν	1	in the passion of lust	Here, **the ones not knowing God** is meant to give further information about the **Gentiles**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who have no relationship with God” or “who remain ignorant of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	6	wmb6	figs-hendiadys	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **exploit** describes **transgress** . If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “exploits by transgressing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
-1TH	4	6	ho6h	figs-metaphor	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someone’s property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	6	ckez	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	the Lord is an avenger	Here, **in this matter** could be speaking of adultery as if someone is intruding in another person’s business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	6	ho6h	figs-metaphor	ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν	1	transgress and wrong	Here, **transgress and exploit** speaks about adultery, by comparing it to a person who unlawfully enters someone’s property and claims it for their own. If your readers would not understand what it means to **transgress and exploit** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “must trespass and defraud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	6	ckez	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ	1	the Lord is an avenger	Here, **in this matter** could be speaking of adultery as if someone is intruding in another person’s business matters. If your readers would not understand what **in this matter** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the marital matters of his fellow believer in Christ” or “the marriage relationship of another believer in Christ” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	6	q7bf	grammar-connect-logic-result	διότι ἔκδικος Κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων	1	the Lord is an avenger	This clause gives the final result for those who live “in the passion of lust” (See [4:5](../04/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express result. This could refer to: 1) all the matters spoken of in [4:3–6](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus will avenge all these things” 2) the sexually immoral people. Alternate translation: “This is because the Lord Jesus will punish all those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	6	d1ip	writing-background	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	Paul provides this background information about what the apostles said in an earlier visit (See in [2:10–12](../02/10.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This will happen just as we already told you and solemnly testified to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	4	6	ix4p	figs-doublet	καθὼς καὶ προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα	1	we also forewarned you and testified	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize what the apostles had already told the Thessalonian church during a previous visit. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “exactly as we also solemnly forewarned you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	9	l1n7	figs-hyperbole	οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε γράφειν ὑμῖν	1	brotherly love	Here, **no need** is an exaggeration that Paul uses to show how successfully the Thessalonian church is practicing Christian love. Paul knows that they still have things to learn about loving fellow believers in Christ. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “we feel no need to write to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	4	9	fyqe	figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν	1	brotherly love	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{for us}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TH	4	9	ctiq		αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε, εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾶν ἀλλήλους	1	brotherly love	This clause could refer to: (1) the content of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “because it is God himself who teaches you: love each other” (2) the manner of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “indeed, it is God who teaches you how to love each other” (3) the purpose of God’s teaching. Alternate translation: “the reason why God teaches you is so that you would love each other” Use a natural way in your language for expressing this idea.
-1TH	4	9	j7z0	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε	1	brotherly love	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though God himself were physically present as their teacher. Paul means that the Thessalonian church already has been taught **to love one another** through the words of Jesus (See John 13:34; 15:12, 17) by the apostles. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **taught by God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “because you have learned well what God teaches,” or “since this is what God teaches you to do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	9	j7z0	figs-metaphor	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε	1	brotherly love	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as though God himself were physically present as their teacher. Paul means that the Thessalonian church already has been taught **to love one another** through the words of Jesus (See John 13:34; 15:12, 17) by the apostles. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **taught by God** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you have learned well what God teaches,” or “since this is what God teaches you to do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	9	zroq	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ	1	brotherly love	Paul uses the word **yourselves** to emphasize that the Thessalonian church is doing what God teaches. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “personally” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	4	10	e3e0	writing-background	καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	Paul provides this background information to show another aspect of how the Thessalonian church “became an example” to the churches in Macedonia and Achaia (See [1:7–8](../01/07.md)). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you habitually show love to all your fellow believers in Christ throughout the region of Macedonia” or “In fact, you are doing just that to all the fellow Christians throughout the province of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 1TH	4	10	dec9	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ γὰρ	1	you do this to all the brothers who are in all Macedonia	Here, **For indeed** indicates that what follows in an example of how the Thessalonian church shows Christian love. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -329,13 +329,13 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	11	bz8s	figs-distinguish	καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαμεν	1	to work with your own hands	This phrase and the following verse signal the end of this larger section of teaching about how to live in Christian community (See [4:1,2](../04/01.md) for the same wording). Here, **just as we commanded** also expresses that what the apostles teach is the same as being “taught by God” (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If this would not be understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation as a new sentence: “This is what we already commanded you to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	4	12	wj25	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα	1	you may walk properly	Here, **so that** could introduce a purpose clause. Paul could be stating the purpose for the apostles’ exhortation in [4:10](../04/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	4	12	oo9l	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα περιπατῆτε	1	you may walk properly	Here, **so that you may walk** could be a result clause. It is possible that this phrase refers to both purpose and result. If there is a way to indicate this in your language, you could express this dual meaning. Alternate translation: “as a result you now live” or “then you will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	4	12	hp6g	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως	1	you may walk properly	Here, **walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “behave.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “you would live appropriately” or “you would live nobly” or “you would behave modestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	4	12	k59r	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω	1	before those outside	Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	12	hp6g	figs-metaphor	περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως	1	you may walk properly	Here, **walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “behave.” If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would live appropriately” or “you would live nobly” or “you would behave modestly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	12	k59r	figs-metaphor	πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω	1	before those outside	Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically located outside of an area. He means that they are not part of the Christian community. If your readers would not understand what “before those outside” means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the presence of non-Christians” or “in front of those who do not trust in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	12	nait	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε	1	before those outside	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for the apostles’ exhortation in [4:10](../04/10.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “and so that you would not need anything” or “and then you could be self-sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	4	13	vi2y	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	Here, **Now** is a connecting word that signals the beginning of an extended section in [4:13–5:11](../04/13.md) about the Second Coming of Christ (See chapter and book introduction)(See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7–10; 2:3–12). If our language has a special section marker, you could use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	4	13	lan8	figs-litotes	οὐ θέλομεν δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν	1	General Information:	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “We want you to know for certain” or “Now we desire to clarify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	4	13	qt5b	figs-explicit	περὶ	1	you may not grieve	Here, **concerning** implies that the apostles are answering another specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church (See [4:9](../04/09.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as it relates to your question about” or “concerning your question about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	13	j68e	figs-euphemism	τῶν κοιμωμένων	1	General Information:	Here, **the ones sleeping** is a euphemism for death that continues through [5:10](../05/10.md). In this specific context, it refers to those human souls who are awaiting the reunion of their bodies at the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:16–17](../04/16.md)). You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are already dead” or “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+1TH	4	13	j68e	figs-euphemism	τῶν κοιμωμένων	1	General Information:	Here, **the ones sleeping** is a euphemism for death that continues through [5:10](../05/10.md). In this specific context, it refers to those human souls who are awaiting the reunion of their bodies at the Second Coming of Christ (See [4:16–17](../04/16.md)). You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are already dead” or “those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 1TH	4	13	ocjp	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε	1	brothers	Here, **so that you may not grieve** is a purpose clause. Paul is stating the purpose for why he does not want the Thessalonian church to remain ignorant about the destiny of their loved ones **who are asleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that you would not sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 1TH	4	13	r9f8	figs-nominaladj	καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	Paul is using the adjective phrase **the rest** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like the rest of people” or “in the same way as the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	4	13	f9eq	figs-explicit	οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα	1	so that you may not grieve just as also the rest	Here Paul assumes that his readers will know that **hope** refers to salvation at the final resurrection (See [1:3; 2:19; 4:16; 5:8](../01/03.md)). Previously **hope** was associated with the Second Coming of Christ in [2:19](../02/19.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “who possess no confidence of life after death” or “who possess no assurance of life after death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	4	16	pjrh	figs-parallelism	καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ; καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον	1	the Lord himself … will descend	The first main verb **descend** is listed after the events that describe it. This is to show contrast with the second verb **rise**. After the **Lord** Jesus comes down from **heaven**, the **dead** Christians will resurrect from the earth. Paul makes two opposite statements, in similar ways, to emphasis the dramatic nature of the Lord’s Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “will come down from heaven, but the first to resurrect from the earth will be the dead people who are united to Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	4	16	k7sg	grammar-connect-time-sequential	καὶ	2	the Lord himself … will descend	The word **and** indicates that the event the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “and then after that,” or “and afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 1TH	4	16	dr89	figs-explicit	οἱ νεκροὶ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Paul assumes that the Thessalonian church knows that **the dead** are the same as “those who are asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. See how you translated “fallen asleep” in [4:13–15](../04/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-1TH	4	16	xrxu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Here Paul speaks about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	4	16	xrxu	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ	1	the dead in Christ will rise first	Here Paul speaks about **the dead** as though they were occupying space inside **Christ**. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to **Christ** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). Here, it also highlights the communion that living Thessalonian believers **in Christ** have with the believers **in Christ** who have died. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “who are united to Jesus Christ” or “who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	4	17	iy00	grammar-connect-time-sequential	ἔπειτα	1	we who are alive	Here, **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After that,” or “Afterward,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 1TH	4	17	l5l1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες	1	we who are alive	Though **we, the ones living** could be exclusive of the apostles (See note for the same phrase at [4:15](../04/15.md)), the universal content of this section implies that all Christians are in view, so **we** would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. Alternate translation: “all of us believers in Christ who remain alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 1TH	4	17	otiq	writing-pronouns	ἅμα σὺν αὐτοῖς	1	we who are alive	Here, Paul refers to “the dead in Christ” (See [4:16](../04/16.md)) as **them**. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “together with the dead in Christ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -380,25 +380,25 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	1	i2vm	figs-explicit	περὶ δὲ τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν	1	General Information:	Here, **Now concerning** signals a change in subject (See also [4:9](../04/09.md)). This phrase implies that the apostles are answering a specific question previously asked by the Thessalonian church about the timing of “the coming of the Lord” and how the church should prepare for it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now, about your question related to the exact timing of the Lord’s return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1TH	5	1	a8f3	figs-idiom	τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν	1	General Information:	Here, **the times and the seasons** is an idiom referring to a specific point in time or a time period. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. This phrase could refer to: (1) a specific point in time. Alternate translation: “the appointed time when Jesus returns” or “the fixed time when Jesus returns” (See [Acts 1:7](acts/01/07.md)) for this exact phrase referring to the same thing)). (2) a specific amount of time. Alternate translation: “how long it will take for the Lord Jesus to return” or “when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	1	caue	figs-ellipsis	οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε ὑμῖν γράφεσθαι	1	General Information:	Here words are left out in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{for us}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	5	2	yvg3	figs-simile		0	perfectly well	This verse begins an extended list of contrasting similes that continues through [5:8](../05/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent comparisons or express these meanings in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1TH	5	2	yvg3	figs-simile		0	perfectly well	This verse begins an extended list of contrasting similes that continues through [5:8](../05/08.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use equivalent comparisons or express these meanings plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1TH	5	2	dqgk	figs-rpronouns	αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε	1	perfectly well	The words **For**, **yourselves**, and **perfectly** emphasize how clearly the Thessalonian church should understand when and how the Lord’s Second Coming will happen. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “In fact, it is certain that you recognize accurately” or “You are certainly well aware of this fact” or “Indeed, you know precisely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 1TH	5	2	mcq9	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	perfectly well	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church has “no need that anything be written” to them about the timing and manner of the Lord’s Second Coming (See [5:1](../05/01.md)). Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	2	tu9t	figs-idiom	ἡμέρα Κυρίου	1	in this manner—like a thief in the night	Here, **the day of the Lord** is an idiom that refers to the Old Testament concept of the time of God’s final judgment. The context of this passage makes it clear that **the day of the Lord** is synonymous with “the coming of the Lord” Jesus in [4:15](../04/15.md). (See also [Acts 2:20](../act/02/20.md); [1 Corinthians 5:5](../1co/05/05.md); [2 Thessalonians 2:2](../2th/02/02.md); [2 Peter 3:10](../2pe/03/10.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation; “the time when the Lord Jesus returns again to earth” or “the time when the Lord Jesus will finally judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	2	tmj3	figs-simile	ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται	1	in this manner—like a thief in the night	The point of this comparison is that, just like a thief at night comes unexpectedly, the way Jesus will return is unexpected and the timing of his return is unknown. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “is going to come as unexpectedly as a robber at night” or “is going to come so surprisingly–like when a thief breaks in at night” or “is going to happen like this–all of a sudden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1TH	5	2	tmj3	figs-simile	ὡς κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται	1	in this manner—like a thief in the night	The point of this comparison is that, just like a thief at night comes unexpectedly, the way Jesus will return is unexpected and the timing of his return is unknown. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is going to come as unexpectedly as a robber at night” or “is going to come so surprisingly–like when a thief breaks in at night” or “is going to happen like this–all of a sudden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1TH	5	3	p1wi	figs-hypo	ὅταν λέγωσιν, εἰρήνη καὶ ἀσφάλεια	1	When they may say	Paul is using a hypothetical situation to express the suddenness of the “the day of the Lord.” Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Whenever they might say, ‘Everything is safe and sound,’” or “At a time when people are saying, ‘All is well,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
 1TH	5	3	mjvd	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	τότε	1	When they may say	Here what follows the word **then** is in contrast to the **Peace and safety** these people expected to last. Instead, **sudden destruction comes** on them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	3	ne9n	figs-parallelism	τότε αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος	1	then sudden destruction	Here, **sudden destruction** parallels the idea of terror that accompanies a sudden attack by “a thief in the night” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “then sudden calamity strikes” or “then immediate destruction looms over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	3	sde2	figs-parallelism	αἰφνίδιος αὐτοῖς ἐφίσταται ὄλεθρος, ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	Here, **sudden** describes the unexpected timing of **birth pains** , and **certainly not escape** describes the nature of **destruction**. Paul says similar things with these phrases to show that God’s final judgment will be a total surprise and complete ruin for unbelievers. Use a natural way in your language to emphasize these ideas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-1TH	5	3	f1xr	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	The point of this comparison is that, just like a pregnant woman suddenly experiences labor pains, God’s final judgment will come suddenly and be inescapable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as suddenly as labor pains seize a pregnant woman–these people can never escape God’s destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1TH	5	3	f1xr	figs-simile	ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ; καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	The point of this comparison is that, just like a pregnant woman suddenly experiences labor pains, God’s final judgment will come suddenly and be inescapable. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “just as suddenly as labor pains seize a pregnant woman–these people can never escape God’s destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1TH	5	3	iwc2	figs-idiom	τῇ ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	Here, **having in the womb** is an idiom meaning “pregnant.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “do for a woman in late pregnancy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	3	undo	figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν	1	like birth pains to the one having in the womb	Here, **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never” (See [4:15](../04/15.md)). If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they will never escape” or “there is no way to possibly escape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 1TH	5	4	sk6v	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ὑμεῖς δέ	1	you, brothers	Here what follows the words **But you** is in contrast to the “sudden destruction” of the people in [5:3](../05/03.md). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Certainly you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	4	b6lv	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει	1	are not in darkness	Paul speaks of these people as if they actually live in place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **in darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “are not unprepared” or “are not living sinfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	4	elp9	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	so that the day might overtake you like a thief	This is a result clause. Use a natural way in your language to indicate result. Alternate translation: “causing you to be like people such as those surprised by a robber. You are ready for the time when the Lord Jesus will return” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	4	otz2	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἡμέρα	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, Paul speaks about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	4	ywez	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	4	otz2	figs-metaphor	ἡ ἡμέρα	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, Paul speaks about the idiom “the **day** of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md), by contrasting **the day** with **darkness**. He means that because the Thessalonian church is not unaware of “the **day** of the Lord,” they will not be unprepared, like people who live **in darkness**. If your readers would not understand what **the day** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	4	ywez	figs-metaphor	ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks of “the **day** of the Lord” as if it were a thief who surprises a person. He means that “the **day** of the Lord” will come suddenly for those who are unprepared (See “sudden destruction” in [5:3](../05/03.md)). If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “making you unprepared, like when a robber breaks in at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	5	ddce	figs-doublet	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας. οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **sons of the light** means basically the same thing as **sons of the day**. Also, **of the night** means basically the same thing as **of the darkness**. The repetition is used to emphasize how **light** characterizes **day** and how **darkness** characterizes **night**. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “Certainly, all of you are ready for Christ’s Second Coming. None of us are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-1TH	5	5	zp3z	figs-metaphor	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are God’s spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	5	zp3z	figs-metaphor	πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if the **light** and **day** were their physical parents. He means that the Thessalonian church members are God’s spiritual children who are characterized by spiritual readiness. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **sons of the light and sons of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is because all of you who belong to God are ready for Christ’s coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	5	ilv4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church will escape God’s judgment on “the **day** of the Lord” (See [5:2](../05/02.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact” or “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	5	cxo9	figs-nominaladj	πάντες…ὑμεῖς…ἐστε	1	For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day	Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the whole Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “you Thessalonians are all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	5	5	d6fm	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους	1	We are not of the night nor of the darkness	Again, Paul speaks of these people as if they actually live in a place without light. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See [5:4](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the night** or **of the darkness** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “We are not unprepared like those at night or those who live in the darkness, ” or “We are not characterized by being spiritually ignorant” or “We do not live like those who are characterized by sinful activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -413,12 +413,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	6	osxu	figs-hendiadys	γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν	1	we might not sleep	These verbs express a similar idea by using two words connected with **and**. The verb **be sober** tells how Christians should **keep watch**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “we should remain calmly alert” or “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 1TH	5	7	fxca	figs-parallelism	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	7	oyjo	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should “not sleep” or be unprepared for the Lord’s return (See [5:6](../05/06.md)). Alternate translation: “Because in fact,” or “Certainly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	7	s253	figs-metaphor	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks as if these people are actually sleeping, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (See also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** and **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	7	exa8	figs-metaphor	οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night	Paul speaks as if these people are actually drunk, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or “those who drink too much alcohol tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	7	s253	figs-metaphor	οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν	1	For those who are sleeping, sleep at night	Here again, like in [5:6](../05/06.md), Paul speaks as if these people are actually sleeping, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or even sinful (See also notes at [5:2,4](../05/02.md)). If your readers would not understand what **sleep** and **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Those who are sleeping are unaware” or “Certainly those who are asleep are unprepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	7	exa8	figs-metaphor	οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν	1	those who are getting drunk, get drunk at night	Paul speaks as if these people are actually drunk, or it is night time. He means that these people are spiritually unprepared or unaware or sinful. If your readers would not understand what **getting drunk** or **night** mean in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are drunk are unprepared” or “those who are drunk are unaware” or “those who drink too much alcohol tend to drink at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	8	wh3g	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	we, being of the day	What follows the word **But** here is in contrast to “getting drunk” at “night” in [5:7](../05/07.md). Instead, Christians are characterized by the activities of **the day** and staying **sober** (See [5:5–6](../05/05.md)). Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “However” or “Instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	8	iv63	figs-imperative	ἡμεῖς…νήφωμεν	1	we, being of the day	Here, **should stay sober** could refer to: (1) a command. Alternate translation: “we … must stay sober” (2) an appeal. Alternate translation: “let us … stay sober” (See your translation at [5:6](../05/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1TH	5	8	jqqo	figs-metaphor	ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες	1	we, being of the day	Paul speaks of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lord’s return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christ’s coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	8	ev6i	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul speaks of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10–18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	8	jqqo	figs-metaphor	ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες	1	we, being of the day	Paul speaks of Christians as if they are actually a part of the day time. He means that they are characterized by spiritual readiness for the Lord’s return. If your readers would not understand what it means to be **of the day** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Now, because we are ready for Christ’s coming, we” or “Since we are characterized by being ready, we” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	8	ev6i	figs-metaphor	ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ περικεφαλαίαν, ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul speaks of Christians as if they are soldiers. He means that just as a soldier must equip himself with armor in order to be ready to fight, so Christians must prepare themselves for the Second Coming of Christ with the spiritual protection of **faith**, **love**, and **hope** (See also [Ephesians 6:10–18,23](../eph/06/10.md)). If your readers would not understand what these phrases mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	8	l89q	figs-possession	πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης…σωτηρίας	1	having put on the breastplate of faith and of love	Paul uses the possessive form to describe things that are characterized by **faith** and **hope** and **love**. You could turn these phrases into similes if it would be clearer in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	5	9	h5y2	figs-abstractnouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς εἰς ὀργὴν	1		Here, **wrath** refers to God’s future and final Judgment (See your translation of **wrath** at [1:10](../01/10/.md), [2:16](../02/16/.md)). (See also [What is the “second coming” of Jesus?](../front/intro)). If your language does not use the abstract noun **wrath**, you can express the idea behind it in another way. “Certainly, God did not destine that he would punish us” or “Indeed, God did not determine that he would judge us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1TH	5	9	lrx6	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		Here, **For** begins a reason clause that explains why the Thessalonian church should have “the hope of salvation” (See [5:8](../05/08.md)). Use a natural way in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -427,26 +427,26 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	9	qfcf	figs-possession	εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, the phrase translated **to obtain salvation** is a possessive form that Paul uses to indicate that **salvation** is something that belongs to God’s people. If this is not clear in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for the possessing of salvation” or “for the acquiring of salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1TH	5	10	arhm	figs-distinguish	τοῦ ἀποθανόντος περὶ ἡμῶν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Here, **the one having died for us** gives us further information about what “salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ” is (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Paul means that God gives the guarantee that Christians will “obtain salvation,” because Jesus **died for us**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “who died on our behalf” or “who died for our sake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
 1TH	5	10	dzq0	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα…ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ ζήσωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	This is a purpose clause. Paul is stating why Jesus **died for us**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “in order that … we could live together with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-1TH	5	10	w59c	figs-metaphor	εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:14–17](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	10	w59c	figs-metaphor	εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν	1	whether we might be awake or asleep	Paul speaks of these people as if they were physically **awake or asleep**. He means that they are “alive or dead” (See [4:14–17](../04/14.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to be **awake or asleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whether we are living or even if we are dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	11	r921	grammar-connect-words-phrases	διὸ	1	build up one the other	Here, **Therefore** indicates the conclusion of this section about timing of “the day of the Lord,” and connects to the manner of Christ’s return in [4:14–18](../04/14.md) by again using the same phrase, **comfort one another**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	5	11	o85i	grammar-connect-logic-result	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε	1	build up one the other	**Therefore** begins a result clause. Paul explains how the Thessalonian church should respond to the fact that Jesus died so that Christians can “obtain salvation” (See [5:9](../05/09.md)). Alternate translation: “This is why you should encourage” or “As a result, you must comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 1TH	5	11	m2c9	figs-doublet	διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much Paul wants the Thessalonian church to encourage and support each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “As a result, continue to be supportive of what each person needs” or “This is why you must supportively console each other with this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1TH	5	11	hepx	figs-imperative	παρακαλεῖτε…οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	These verbs are imperatives but could communicate an appeal rather than a command. You could use a form in your language that communicates an urgent request or appeal. Alternate translation: “we apostles urge you to comfort … build up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-1TH	5	11	fx2f	figs-metaphor	οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	11	fx2f	figs-metaphor	οἰκοδομεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Paul speaks of the Thessalonian church as if they were a building that can be constructed. He means that they should mutually support one another in the Christian life. If your readers would not understand what it means to **build up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “keep supporting” or “continue to confirm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	11	kdae	figs-idiom	εἷς τὸν ἕνα	1	build up one the other	Here, the term **one the one** is an idiom meaning “each and every one” or “each one.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “each one” or “one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	11	sfv4		καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε	1	build up one the other	Here Paul uses the emphatic phrase **just as also you are doing** to encourage the Thessalonian church to continue their practice of mutually supporting each other. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “exactly as you have been doing”
 1TH	5	12	pd47	grammar-connect-words-phrases	δὲ	1	General Information:	Here, **Now** indicates that what follows is the final section of instructions from the apostles. Alternate translation: “Lastly” or “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	5	12	fqh3	figs-distinguish	τοὺς κοπιῶντας ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν ἐν Κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθετοῦντας ὑμᾶς	1	leading you in the Lord	This clause expresses different functions for the same group of leaders. It is not making a distinction between **the ones laboring among you** and **leading you** and **admonishing you**. If this is not understood in your language, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “your leaders who are working among you and guiding you in the Lord and training you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-1TH	5	12	f4jv	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	leading you in the Lord	Paul speaks as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica were occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	12	f4jv	figs-metaphor	ἐν Κυρίῳ	1	leading you in the Lord	Paul speaks as if the leaders of the church at Thessalonica were occupying space inside of **the Lord**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that these men represent Jesus himself in their leadership role in the Thessalonian church (See also [4:1](../04/01.md). If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with authority from the Lord Jesus” or “as spokespersons for the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	13	jq0o	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς ὑπέρἐκπερισσοῦ ἐν ἀγάπῃ, διὰ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “and because of their work on your behalf, we also ask you to lovingly show them the utmost consideration” or “and since they work so hard for you, we also urge you to show them the highest honor out of love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-1TH	5	13	p6m4	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	13	p6m4	figs-metaphor	ἐν ἀγάπῃ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks as if the Thessalonian church is occupying space inside of **love**. He is describing how they should show honor to their leaders. If your readers would not understand what **in love** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Here, **in love** could refer to: (1) the means of love. Alternate translation: “by loving them” (2) the basis for love. Alternate translation: “on the basis of your love for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	13	rqs8	figs-imperative	εἰρηνεύετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here is the first of 17 final appeals in [5:13–26](../05/13.md) that the apostles give the Thessalonian church. **Be at peace** is an imperative, but here it could be an urgent request rather than a command. Use a natural way in your language to communicate an appeal or urgent request. Alternate translation: “We urge you to continue to live peacefully with your leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 1TH	5	14	lajk	figs-litany		0	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul uses a repetitive series of imperative sentences in [5:14–22](../05/14) to urge the Thessalonian church to show practical love to one another. This repetitive style of speaking or writing is called a “litany.” Use a form in your language that someone would use to list things that someone should do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
 1TH	5	14	tdxa	grammar-connect-words-phrases	παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί,	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	This phrase signals the apostles’ final appeals to the Thessalonian church. Since there are 14 commands in this section [5:14–22](../05/14.md), you could use a marker from your language to indicate this final section. Alternate translation: “Finally, we urge you, fellow believers in Christ” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
 1TH	5	14	qadb	figs-idiom	ἀδελφοί	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here the idiom **brothers** could refer to: (1) the whole Thessalonian church including the leaders. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers in Christ” (2) the leaders of the Thessalonian church. Alternate translation: “fellow leaders of Christ’s church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1TH	5	14	g34k	figs-nominaladj	πρὸς πάντας	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul is using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to describe the Thessalonian church. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “toward all your fellow believers in Christ” or “with the whole Thessalonian church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 1TH	5	15	vlp7	figs-idiom	ὁρᾶτε	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **See that** is an idiom used to command attention. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Be certain that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-1TH	5	15	dqs8	figs-metaphor	κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were goods or money that could be exchanged. He means that if a someone treats you badly, you should not respond in the same way. If your readers would not understand what it means to **pay back evil for evil** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “treats anyone wrongly because they treated you wrongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	15	dqs8	figs-metaphor	κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ τινι ἀποδῷ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Paul speaks of **evil** as if it were goods or money that could be exchanged. He means that if a someone treats you badly, you should not respond in the same way. If your readers would not understand what it means to **pay back evil for evil** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “treats anyone wrongly because they treated you wrongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	15	oz10	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	ἀλλὰ	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here what follows the word **but** is in contrast to repaying **evil for evil**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “and instead,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1TH	5	15	mc2z	figs-hyperbole	πάντοτε	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **always** could be using exaggeration to express emphasis. Paul means that the Thessalonian church should make it a habit to **pursue what is good**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses this emphasis. Alternate translation: “make every effort to” or “constantly” or “habitually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 1TH	5	15	pe3l	figs-merism	καὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας	1	to regard them highly in love because of their work	Here, **both for one another and for all** is used to emphasize groups of people. In this context, the phrase could refer to: (1) the Thessalonian church and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “for your church at Thessalonica and for all believers in Christ” (2) the Thessalonian church and the whole human race (See how you translated this phrase in [3:12](../03/12.md)). Alternate translation (remove preceding comma): “for everyone” or “for each and every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -459,17 +459,17 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1TH	5	18	l3sk	grammar-collectivenouns	τοῦτο γὰρ θέλημα Θεοῦ	1	for this is the will of God	Here, **this** is a singular pronoun that could refer to: (1) all the commands in [5:14–18](../05/14.md) Alternate translation: “because all these things are what God desires” (2) **give thanks**. Alternate translation: “for in fact, this is God’s will” or “for certainly, this thing is God’s will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 1TH	5	18	yu36	figs-ellipsis	τοῦτο	1	for this is the will of God	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{is}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 1TH	5	18	sw8b	figs-abstractnouns	θέλημα Θεοῦ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **the will of God in Christ Jesus for you**, you can express the idea it in another way. Alternate translation: “how God desires people to live who are united to Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1TH	5	18	mbz1	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	Here, Paul speaks of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1TH	5	19	j1ei	figs-metaphor	τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul speaks of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	18	mbz1	figs-metaphor	ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς	1	for this is the will of God	Here, Paul speaks of **the will of God** as though it were occupying space inside **Christ Jesus**. This metaphor means that the way God desires his people to live is inseparable from being united to **Christ Jesus** (See also [2:14](../02/14.md)). If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation, “for those of you who are united to Jesus Christ” or “for all of you who share life with Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	19	j1ei	figs-metaphor	τὸ Πνεῦμα μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul speaks of **the** Holy **Spirit** as if he is fire that can be extinguished. Paul means that the Thessalonian church must not hinder the work of the Holy **Spirit**, especially by despising prophecies (See [5:20](../05/20.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **quench** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not extinguish the Spirit” or “Do not reject the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	19	sv8r	figs-litotes	μὴ σβέννυτε	1	Do not quench the Spirit	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Continue to kindle” or “Be fervent in” or “Keep working along with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	5	20	iv1n	figs-litotes	μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	Paul uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “Readily accept” or “Cherish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 1TH	5	20	rrza	figs-parallelism	προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε	1	Do not despise prophecies	The two phrases in [5:19–20](../05/19.md) could refer to the same thing. Paul could be saying the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to correct how the Thessalonian church viewed prophecy. He means that the Holy Spirit is the source of true prophecy (See [2 Peter 1:21](2pet/01/21.md)), so they should not “quench the Spirit” by rejecting all prophecies. You could use a natural way in your language to emphasize this. Alternate translation: “Do not continue to despise prophetic messages from the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	21	ihzh	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε; τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	This could mean: (1) Paul is beginning a general list of things that the Thessalonians should **Test** and **Hold fast** if they are **good**. (2) Paul is continuing to refer to the prophesies in the previous verse, and he wants the Thessalonians to **Test** those and **Hold fast** to the prophesies that are truly from God.
 1TH	5	21	wx69	figs-metaphor	πάντα δοκιμάζετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks as if the Thessalonians could make **all things** pass a test. This could mean: (1) they should examine everything they hear and do to make sure it conforms to what honors God. Alternate translation: “Carefully examine everything you hear and do” (2) they should examine and approve prophecies to determine whether or not they are genuinely from the Holy Spirit (See [2:4](../02/04.md) for a similar context)). Alternate translation: “examine and approve all prophecies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	21	sjh0	figs-nominaladj	πάντα	1	Test all things	Here, **all things** is an adjectival phrase. Depending on whether you decided this is a new list or a continuation of verse 20, this could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “everything you hear and do” (2) Alternate translation: “all prophesies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TH	5	21	n1jv	figs-metaphor	τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks of **good** things as if they were objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only believe and practice things that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Keep only the valid things” or “Retain what is from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH	5	21	n1jv	figs-metaphor	τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε	1	Test all things	Paul speaks of **good** things as if they were objects that someone could hold tightly in his hands. He means that the Thessalonian church should only believe and practice things that prove to be from the Holy Spirit. If your readers would not understand what it means to **hold fast to what {is} good** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Keep only the valid things” or “Retain what is from the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1TH	5	21	jska	figs-ellipsis	τὸ καλὸν	1	Test all things	A word is left out here in the original that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Since English needs it, **{is}** is added in brackets. Do what is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what is good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-1TH	5	22	z9k0	figs-personification	παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ	1	Test all things	Here, **evil** is spoken of as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “anything clearly wicked” or “all that is obviously evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1TH	5	22	z9k0	figs-personification	παντὸς εἴδους πονηροῦ	1	Test all things	Here, **evil** is spoken of as though it were a person who could be seen. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “anything clearly wicked” or “all that is obviously evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1TH	5	23	mqi7	translate-blessing	αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here, the verb forms indicate that this is a blessing or prayer (See also [3:11–13](../03/11.md)). Use a form that people would recognize as a blessing or prayer in your language. Alternate translation: “Now we pray that God himself, who gives peace, would sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 1TH	5	23	ozyh	figs-parallelism	ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς, καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ, καὶ τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως…τηρηθείη	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	These two clauses mean the same thing. Paul says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show how much he wants God to preserve the Thessalonian church as his people. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “may … fully preserve you as his people to the end, and may every part of you be protected” or “may … completely preserve each and every one of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1TH	5	23	sbxc	figs-possession	ὁ Θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης	1	may your entire spirit, and soul, and body be kept blamelessly	Here Paul uses the possessive form **the God of peace**, which is a title for God found in the New Testament (See Romans 15:33; 16:20; Philippians 4:9; Hebrews 13:20). If this is not clear in your language, you could make it explicit. In this context, **the God of peace** could refer to: (1) who God is. Alternate translation: “the God who is characterized by peace” (2) what God does. Alternate translation: “the God who gives peace” (3) Both. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])

en_tn_54-2TH.tsv

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2TH	1	1	hm3e	translate-names	Σιλουανὸς	1	Silvanus	**Silvanus** is the Latin form of “Silas.” **Silvanus** is the name of a man, the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler. If your readers may not know that these two are the same person, you could use the name “Silas” in the text and “Silvanus” in the footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 2TH	1	1	ge00	figs-ellipsis	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ	1		You may want to fill in the words necessary to make this a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy send this letter to the church” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis)
 2TH	1	1	l8q8	figs-explicit	Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος	1		Although **Paul** wrote this letter, he identifies **Silvanus and Timothy** as also sending it. This means that they were with him and were in agreement with it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make that clear, as in the UST. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-2TH	1	1	eajo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
+2TH	1	1	eajo	figs-metaphor	ἐν Θεῷ Πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ	1		Here Paul speaks of the believers as though they were occupying space inside of God and Jesus. This metaphor expresses the idea that believers are spiritually united to God and Jesus. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “united to God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “sharing life with God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
 2TH	1	2	g6rb	translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	Grace to you	Many languages have different ways to offer good wishes as they greet. Paul greeted his letter recipients with a blessing. Use a form that would be a good wish or blessing in your language. Alternate translation: “We pray that God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace” or “I wish you grace and peace from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ” or “May the grace and peace of God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be your portion” or “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ show grace and give peace to your hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
 2TH	1	2	bv9m	figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **Grace** and **peace**, you can express these ideas as verbs or in another way. Alternate translation: “May God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ be gracious to you and give rest to your inner being” or “...be favorable to you and make you at ease” or “...be kind to you and set your heart at rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2TH	1	3	o6v9	checking/headings		0	General Information:	In verses 3–12, Paul gives thanks for the believers in Thessalonica and prays for them. A heading for this section might be, “Thanks and Prayers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])

en_tn_60-JAS.tsv

@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ JAS	1	5	q2df		αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ	1	let him ask from God	Alter
 JAS	1	5	xu31	figs-activepassive	δοθήσεται αὐτῷ	1	it will be given to him	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	6	j010	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πίστει	1	in faith	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **faith** with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JAS	1	6	y2mk	figs-doublenegatives	μηδὲν διακρινόμενος	1	doubting nothing	If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing** with a positive expression. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JAS	1	6	p12l	figs-simile	ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like **a wave** in the ocean, which keeps moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JAS	1	6	p12l	figs-simile	ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like **a wave** in the ocean, which keeps moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning plainly. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JAS	1	6	j011	translate-unknown	κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	If you would like to use a simile in your translation but your readers would not be familiar with a **wave of the sea**, you could use another illustration that would be familiar to them. Alternate translation: “the desert sand swirling in the wind” or “stalks of tall grass swaying back and forth in the wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JAS	1	6	j012	figs-activepassive	κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ	1	a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “an ocean wave that the wind is blowing and tossing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JAS	1	7	j013	figs-gendernotations	μὴ γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος	1	For let that man not think	James is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Such a person should not think” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

en_tn_61-1PE.tsv

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	1	18	ctgm	figs-abstractnouns	ἐκ τῆς ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **behavior**, you can express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “from behaving in futile ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 1PE	1	18	b5qa	figs-activepassive	πατροπαραδότου	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that your fathers handed down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	19	s4jd	figs-metonymy	τιμίῳ αἵματι…Χριστοῦ	1	with the precious blood of Christ	Peter uses **the precious blood of Christ** to refer to Jesus’ death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with Christ’s precious death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-1PE	1	19	gk6a	figs-simile	ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	as an unblemished and spotless lamb	Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1PE	1	19	gk6a	figs-simile	ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	as an unblemished and spotless lamb	Peter compares Jesus’ blood to the blood of the lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God because of the people’s sins. The point of this comparison is that Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people’s sins. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “like that of the unblemished and spotless lambs that the Jewish priests sacrificed to God for sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	1	19	smu8	figs-doublet	ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου	1	unblemished and spotless	The words **unblemished** and **spotless** mean basically the same thing. Peter uses this repetition to emphasize that Christ was completely perfect and sinless. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you can use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “completely perfect” or “with no imperfections at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 1PE	1	20	msw5	figs-activepassive	προεγνωσμένου	1	He has been chosen	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having foreknown him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 1PE	1	20	tnrv	figs-explicit	προεγνωσμένου	1		This phrase could mean: (1) God had determined what Christ would do. Alternate translation: “having been planned previously” (2) God knew what Christ would do ahead of time. Alternate translation: “having been known beforehand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	1	inct	figs-declarative	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		This clause indicates a command in addition to the command to “long for pure spiritual milk” that occurs next in the verse. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “put aside all evil and all deceit and hypocrisies and envies and all slanders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
 1PE	2	1	g65y	figs-metaphor	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1	having put aside all evil, and all deceit and hypocrisy and envy, and all slander	Peter speaks of these sinful actions as if they were objects that people could **put aside** the way people remove dirty clothing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having stopped being evil or being deceptive or being hypocritical or being envious or speaking slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	1	r853	figs-abstractnouns	ἀποθέμενοι…πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **evil**, **deceit**, **hypocrisies**, **envies**, or **slanders**, you can express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “having put aside every kind of evil and all deceitful, hypocritical, deceptive, and slanderous acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-1PE	2	2	y6fv	figs-simile	ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε	1	As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk	The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+1PE	2	2	y6fv	figs-simile	ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε	1	As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk	The point of this comparison is that Peter wanted his readers to desire knowledge of God’s word just as **newborn babies** desire milk. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s milk, so you must long for the pure rational milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 1PE	2	2	rm71		ἐπιποθήσατε	1	long for	Alternate translation: “desire intensely” or “yearn for”
 1PE	2	2	fn81	figs-metaphor	τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα	1	pure spiritual milk	The word translated as **rational** could also be translated “pertaining to the word”; it refers to the word of God. Peter speaks of the word of God as if it were **rational milk** that nourishes children. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s pure word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	2	ypy6	figs-metaphor	αὐξηθῆτε	1	you may grow up	Peter speaks of believers advancing in the knowledge of God and faithfulness to him as if they were children growing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you may mature in your faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1PE	2	7	ql12	figs-metaphor	κεφαλὴν γωνίας	1	the head of the corner	This phrase has the same meaning as “cornerstone” in the previous verse. It refers to the most important stone in a building. Here it refers specifically to the Messiah. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Messiah, who is like a cornerstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	8	k0dm	writing-quotations	καὶ	1		Here, **and** introduces a quotation of an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Peter is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “and Isaiah wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 1PE	2	8	vxhb	figs-quotemarks	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 8:14](../isa/08/14.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-1PE	2	8	i72g	figs-metaphor	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1PE	2	8	i72g	figs-metaphor	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah speaking of the Messiah as if he were a **stone** or **rock** that people tripped over. Peter means that many people would be offended by Jesus’ teachings and reject him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “He is like a stone of stumbling and like a rock of offense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1PE	2	8	ydkr	figs-possession	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1		Peter quotes Isaiah using the possessive form twice in this sentence to describe a **stone** that causes **stumbling** and a **rock** that causes **offense**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A stone that makes people stumble and a rock that makes people feel offended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 1PE	2	8	ptx5	figs-parallelism	λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου	1	A stone of stumbling and a rock of offense	These two phrases mean almost the same thing. Isaiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize that people will be offended by this **stone**. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “a stone or a rock over which people will surely stumble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 1PE	2	8	h7ta	figs-metonymy	τῷ λόγῳ	1	stumble because they disobey the word	Here, **the word** refers to the gospel message, which includes the command to repent and believe the gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

en_tn_62-2PE.tsv

@@ -137,9 +137,9 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	1	19	l7zq	figs-explicit	βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον	1	this more certain prophetic word	Peter uses the phrase **prophetic word** to refer to the entire Old Testament. It does not refer only to those Old Testament books called “the Prophets,” nor only to the predictive prophecies within the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures, which the prophets spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	19	sjd3	figs-pronouns	ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες	1	to which you do well to pay attention	Here the relative pronoun **which** refers to the prophetic word mentioned in the previous phrase. Peter instructs the believers to pay close attention to the prophetic message, which is the Old Testament. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
 2PE	1	19	xilf	figs-declarative	ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτε προσέχοντες	1		Peter uses the statement **you do well** to tell his audience that they should pay attention to the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this phrase by translating this phrase as a suggestion or command. Alternate translation: “to which you should pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-2PE	1	19	xt8i	figs-simile	ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ	1	as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn	Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2PE	1	19	hmb7	figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ	1		Peter speaks of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	1	19	kc3l	figs-metaphor	φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	the morning star may rise in your hearts	Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	19	xt8i	figs-simile	ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ	1	as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day may dawn	Peter compares the prophetic word to a **lamp** that gives light in the darkness. Just as a lamp gives light in order for someone to see in **a dark place**, so the prophetic word gives believers guidance for how to live properly in this sin-filled world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “a guide for you to know how to live in this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+2PE	1	19	hmb7	figs-metaphor	ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ	1		Peter speaks of Christ’s second coming by calling it the new **day** that comes in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “until the day Christ returns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	1	19	kc3l	figs-metaphor	φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	the morning star may rise in your hearts	Peter speaks of Christ as the **morning star**, which is a star that indicates daybreak and the end of the night. Christ will **rise** by bringing light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly or change the metaphor to a simile. Alternate translation: “Christ brings full understanding to you like the morning star shines its light into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	1	19	v0ju	figs-metonymy	ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν	1	in your hearts	Here, **hearts** is a metonym for people’s minds. Alternate translation: “in your minds” or “to help you understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	1	19	bl8s	figs-explicit	φωσφόρος	1	the morning star	The **morning star** refers to the planet Venus, which is sometimes visible in the sky just before the sun rises, thus indicating that daybreak is near. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this information more explicit. Alternate translation: “the star that appears just before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	1	20	wcn9		τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες	1	Above all, you must understand	Peter uses **first** here to refer to the degree of importance. It does not to refer to order in time. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, you must understand”
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	1	jif2	figs-possession	αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Peter is using the possessive form to describe an opinion that is characterized by **destruction**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the adjective “destructive” instead of the noun “destruction.” Alternate translation: “destructive heresies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 2PE	2	1	wnuv		αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας	1		Here, **destruction** could refer to: (1) the eternal damnation of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that result in their eternal damnation” (2) the destruction of the faith of those who teach or accept these **heresies**. Alternate translation: “heresies that destroy their faith in the Messiah”
 2PE	2	1	xscu	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master	Here, **master** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “master Jesus who bought them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-2PE	2	1	g99z	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master who bought them	Peter uses the phrase **the master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	1	g99z	figs-metaphor	τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην	1	the master who bought them	Peter uses the phrase **the master who bought** to speak of Jesus as the owner of the people he has saved from damnation by paying the penalty for their sins with his death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus who saved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	1	xaan	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here, **bringing** indicates that this clause is the result of the deeds of the false teachers described in the previous clauses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make a new sentence here and state this connection plainly. Alternate translation: “As a result, they are bringing swift destruction on themselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	1	xk1x		ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		Here,**swift** could mean: (1) their destruction will come soon. Alternate translation: “destruction that will happen soon” or “imminent destruction” (2) their destruction will be sudden or quick. Alternate translation: “quick destruction”
 2PE	2	1	flv3	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verb, such as “destroy.” Alternate translation: “they are causing themselves to be destroyed soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	3	xvw3		οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ	1		Here, **for whom** indicates that the condemnation is directed again the false teachers. Alternate translation: “against whom condemnation from long ago is not idle”
 2PE	2	3	k359	figs-parallelism	οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1	their condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the false teachers will certainly be condemned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “their destruction from long ago is certain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
 2PE	2	3	jetw	figs-doublenegatives	οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1	whose condemnation from long ago is not idle, and their destruction does not sleep	You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: “their condemnation from long ago is active, and their destruction is awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-2PE	2	3	jvh9	figs-personification	τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1		Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	2	3	jvh9	figs-personification	τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1		Peter speaks of **condemnation** and **destruction** as if they are people who can be **idle** or **sleep**. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “condemnation from long ago is not ineffective, and their destruction is not delayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	2	3	c57u	figs-abstractnouns	οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει	1	their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract nouns “condemnation” and “destruction” by stating the ideas behind them with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “they are not idly condemned from long ago, and they will not be destroyed too late” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	4	k2g4	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** indicates here that Peter is giving the reason for the result he implicitly described in the previous verse. He is saying why the destruction of the false teachers is certain. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	2	4	s115	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, **if** indicates the beginning of a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since God did not spare the angels who had sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	14	sbp2	figs-abstractnouns	καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **covetousness** with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	14	sv4r	figs-idiom	κατάρας τέκνα	1		Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here, **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	14	c7cc	figs-exclamations	κατάρας τέκνα	1		These words are an exclamation that emphasizes the wickedness of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “They are such cursed children!” or “What cursed children they are!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-2PE	2	15	et62	figs-metaphor	καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed	Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	15	et62	figs-metaphor	καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	abandoning the right way, led astray, having followed	Peter uses the metaphor **Abandoning the straight way** to give an image of walkers leaving a certain pathway. He speaks of the false teachers refusing to live their lives in obedience to the Lord as if they had stopped walking on the Lord’s path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “refusing to live in obedience to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	ky5q	figs-idiom	εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν	1	the right way	Here, **the straight way** refers to the way of living life that is right and pleasing to the Lord. Peter may also be using it here to refer specifically to the Christian faith, similar to his use of “the way of truth” in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “the right way of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	2	15	x3k9	figs-metaphor	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		Here, Peter continues the path metaphor from the previous clause. He describes the wicked lifestyles of the false teachers as if they had been **led astray** from the straight path. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they have been behaving wickedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	15	b39g	figs-activepassive	ἐπλανήθησαν	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “they went astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	2	16	xspp	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **irrationality** with an adjective like “irrational” or “foolish.” Alternate translation: “the irrational action of the prophet” or “the foolish action of the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	2	16	tf38	figs-explicit	ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν	1	restrained the madness of the prophet	Here, **the prophet** refers to Balaam. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “restrained the madness of the prophet Balaam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	2	17	x5rj	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		**These {men}** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	2	17	t137	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι	1	These men are springs without water	Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	2	17	hzu1	figs-metaphor	ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	17	t137	figs-metaphor	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι	1	These men are springs without water	Peter speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect **springs** to provide water to quench thirst, but **waterless springs** leave thirsty people disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These men are disappointing, like springs without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	2	17	hzu1	figs-metaphor	ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	Peter gives a second figurative description of the uselessness of the false teachers. When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the **storm** blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly, or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they never give what they promise” or “they are disappointing like rain clouds that the storm drives away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	2	17	von6	figs-doublet	οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, καὶ ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι	1	mists driven by a storm	These two metaphors mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this connection by translating them with a single expression. Alternate translation: “These are men who surely never give what they promise” or “These are men who surely disappoint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 2PE	2	17	xe3y	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται	1	for whom the gloom of darkness has been reserved	If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has reserved the gloom of darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	2	17	v90z		ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		This could mean: (1) the **gloom** is characterized by **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the **gloom** is identical to the **darkness**. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	1	aah9	writing-pronouns	ἐν αἷς	1		Here, **which** refers to both this letter and the previous letter that Peter had written to this group of believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In both of these letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	1	gc3m	figs-metaphor	διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομνήσει τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1	I am stirring up your sincere mind	Here, Peter uses **arouse**, as if the minds of his readers are asleep, to refer to causing his readers to think about these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this with a non-figurative expression. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remind your sincere mind of these things so that you will think about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	1	deoa	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν ὑπομνήσει	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **remembrance** in this phrase with a verb. See how you translated this term in [1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “to remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-2PE	3	1	qxt2	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1		Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	1	qxt2	figs-metaphor	ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν	1		Although the word **pure** usually refers to something being uncontaminated or not mixed with something else, Peter uses it here to indicate that his readers have minds which have not been deceived by the false teachers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “your undeceived minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	2	bp8r	grammar-connect-logic-goal	μνησθῆναι	1		Here, Peter is stating a purpose for which he is writing this letter. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “that you should remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 2PE	3	2	gxj7	figs-activepassive	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν	1	the words spoken beforehand by the holy prophets	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	2	p4i5	figs-metonymy	τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων	1		Peter is using **words** here to describe the prophecies of the Old Testament prophets that were conveyed by using words, especially those prophecies about the future return of Christ. Alternate translation: “the prophecies spoken previously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -377,12 +377,12 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	3	znh2	figs-explicit	κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι	1		Here, **lusts** refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God’s will. Alternate translation: “living according to their own sinful desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	4	fe37	writing-quotations	καὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they will say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 2PE	3	4	hgdm	figs-rquestion	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1	Where is the promise of his coming?	The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “There is no promise of his coming!” or “The promise of his coming is not true!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-2PE	3	4	lw3y	figs-idiom	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1		Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+2PE	3	4	lw3y	figs-idiom	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ?	1		Here, **Where** is used to ask what has happened to the promise. The mockers are not asking for the location of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idiom by translating this plainly. Alternate translation: “What happened to the promise of his coming?” or “What has come about regarding the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 2PE	3	4	zrj7	figs-metonymy	ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1	Where is the promise of his coming?	Here, **promise** refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: “Where is the fulfillment of the promise of his coming?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 2PE	3	4	wm6z	writing-pronouns	ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the promise of Jesus’ coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	4	u54w	figs-explicit	τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his coming** refers to the return of the Lord Jesus to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the return of Jesus to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	4	xfkr	figs-metaphor	ἀφ’ ἧς γὰρ οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1		Here, **the fathers** is used. It could refer to: (1) the Old Testament ancestors of the Israelites, often called “the patriarchs.” Alternate translation: “For since Israel’s patriarchs fell asleep” (2) those leaders of the first generation of Christians who had died by the time Peter wrote this letter. Alternate translation: “For since the first Christian leaders fell asleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-2PE	3	4	t6hl	figs-euphemism	οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1	the fathers fell asleep	Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+2PE	3	4	t6hl	figs-euphemism	οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν	1	the fathers fell asleep	Here, **fell asleep** is a euphemism meaning they died. You could either use a similar euphemism for death in your language or say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the fathers died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 2PE	3	4	c2en	figs-hyperbole	πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	all things continue in the same way from the beginning of creation	Here, **all things** is an exaggeration the mockers use to argue that nothing in the world has ever changed, so it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 2PE	3	4	yue7	figs-abstractnouns	ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως	1	from the beginning of creation	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **creation** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “since God created the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	5	g2ph	figs-activepassive	λανθάνει γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο, θέλοντας	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “For they willingly hide this from themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	9	l9ay	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι	1		Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he wants all to move on to repentance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 2PE	3	9	jwjo	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλλὰ πάντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆσαι	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **repentance** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “but all to repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	10	w6ma	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	δὲ	1	But	Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-2PE	3	10	c5m1	figs-simile	ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης	1	the day of the Lord will come as a thief	Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+2PE	3	10	c5m1	figs-simile	ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης	1	the day of the Lord will come as a thief	Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this simile plainly. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 2PE	3	10	fu2q	writing-pronouns	κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ	1		Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	10	z32k	figs-activepassive	στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 2PE	3	10	zgd3		στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται	1		Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	13	ptmy	figs-infostructure	καινοὺς…οὐρανοὺς καὶ γῆν καινὴν, κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ προσδοκῶμεν	1		Peter put the direct object of the main verb at the front of this sentence for emphasis. If your language uses a similar construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to have it here in your translation. But if this construction would be confusing in your language, you could express this emphasis in another way and change the structure of the sentence. Alternate translation: “according to his promise, we are waiting for new heavens and a new earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 2PE	3	13	r2y9	writing-pronouns	κατὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ	1		Here, the pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) God. Alternate translation: “according to God’s promise” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “according to Jesus’ promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	13	evi0		τὸ ἐπάγγελμα αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **promise** could refer to: (1) God’s promise to create a new heavens and earth, as promised in Isaiah 65:17 and Isaiah 66:22. Alternate translation: “his promise of new heavens and a new earth” (2) the promise of Jesus’ second coming, as in [3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “his promise of the return of Jesus”
-2PE	3	13	df3v	figs-personification	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+2PE	3	13	df3v	figs-personification	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	Here, **righteousness** is spoken of as though it were a person who could dwell somewhere. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in which righteousness exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 2PE	3	13	r5qo	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ	1	in which righteousness dwells	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the abstract noun **righteousness** by translating the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “in which everyone is righteous” or “in which everyone does what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	14	d178	grammar-connect-logic-result	διό	1		Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has just said. He is referring specifically to the discussion of the coming day of the Lord given in [3:10–13](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “Because of these reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	14	qjca	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -453,14 +453,14 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 2PE	3	16	zzko	figs-explicit	ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς	1		Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	16	wil1	writing-pronouns	λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 2PE	3	16	z4cj	writing-pronouns	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **which** refers to the things in Paul’s letters that are difficult to understand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly and start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The ignorant and unstable ones distort these difficult things found in Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-2PE	3	16	weh2	figs-metaphor	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	16	weh2	figs-metaphor	ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν	1		Here, **distort** is used to describe changing the meaning of a statement in order to give a false meaning like twisting something so that it changes shape. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “which the ignorant and unstable ones interpret falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	16	sg60	figs-explicit	ὡς καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς Γραφὰς	1		Here, **the other scriptures** refers to both the entire Old Testament and the New Testament texts that had been written by the time Peter wrote this letter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as also the other authoritative scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	16	sh4j	grammar-connect-logic-result	πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν	1	to their own destruction	Here, **to** indicates that this clause provides the result of the “ignorant and unstable ones” falsely interpreting the scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in their own destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	16	wrqu	figs-abstractnouns	πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν	1	to their own destruction	If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “so that they will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 2PE	3	17	kn3d	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Peter uses **Therefore** to introduce a description of what his readers should do as a result of what he has said, which could be: (1) the destruction of those who falsely interpret the scriptures mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Because those who falsely interpret the Scriptures will be destroyed” (2) the previous content of the entire letter, especially the sure destruction of the false teachers. Alternate translation: “Because of all these things I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	17	wk5v	figs-explicit	ἀγαπητοί	1		Here, **beloved ones** refers to those whom Peter is writing to, which can be extended to all believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “beloved fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 2PE	3	17	bq8o	grammar-connect-logic-result	προγινώσκοντες	1	Connecting Statement:	Here, Peter is giving the reason why his readers should heed his command in the next phrase. Alternate translation: “since you know beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-2PE	3	17	w3sp	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1	you might not lose your own steadfastness	Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2PE	3	17	w3sp	figs-metaphor	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1	you might not lose your own steadfastness	Here, Peter speaks of **steadfastness** as if it were a possession that believers could **lose**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “so that you might not stop being steadfast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 2PE	3	17	v5cb	figs-abstractnouns	ἵνα μὴ…ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **steadfastness** with the adjective “steadfast.” Alternate translation: “so that you might not lose your own steadfast faith” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
 2PE	3	17	um49	grammar-connect-logic-result	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		This clause indicates the reason why people might lose their own steadfastness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of being led astray by the error of the lawless ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 2PE	3	17	xjht	figs-activepassive	τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the error of the lawless ones having led you astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

en_tn_63-1JN.tsv

@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	1	10	m3p1	figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν	1	his word is not in us	As he did about the “truth” in [1:8](../01/08.md), John is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: “we do not believe what God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	intro	zjj9			0		# 1 John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Genuine believers obey God and love one another (2:1–17, continuing from 1:5)<br>2. It is false teaching to deny that Jesus is the Messiah (2:18–2:27)<br>3. Genuine children of God do not sin (2:28–29, continues through 3:10)<br><br>In order to show that John is writing something like poetry in [2:12–14](../02/12.md), some translations set the statements in those verses farther to the right than the rest of the text, and they begin a new line at the start of each statement.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Antichrist<br><br>In [2:18](../02/18.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md), John writes both about a specific person called the Antichrist and about many people who will be “antichrists.” The word “antichrist” means “opposed to Christ.” The Antichrist is a person who will come just before the return of Jesus and imitate Jesus’ work, but he will do that for evil purposes. Before that person comes, there will be many other people who work against Christ. They too are called “antichrists,” but as a description rather than as a name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>In [2:20](../02/20.md), some ancient manuscripts read “you all know,” and that is the reading that ULT follows. However, other ancient manuscripts read “you know all things.” It seems more likely, based on everything else in the letter, that “you all know” is the correct original reading, since John is countering the claim of false teachers to know more than other believers. The reading “you know all things” seems to have arisen because copyists felt a need to have an object for the verb “know.” Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 1JN	2	1	j043		τεκνία μου	1	My little children	Here and in several other places in the book, John uses the diminutive form of the word **children** as an affectionate form of address. Alternate translation: “My dear children”
-1JN	2	1	v57g	figs-metaphor	τεκνία μου	1	My little children	John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this in a non-figurative way, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1JN	2	1	v57g	figs-metaphor	τεκνία μου	1	My little children	John is using the word **children** to describe the believers to whom he is writing. They are under his spiritual care, and so he regards them in that sense as if they were his own children. You could translate this plainly, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear believers who are under my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	2	1	p49e		ταῦτα γράφω	1	I am writing these things	Here, **these things** refers generally to everything that John has written about in the letter so far. Alternate translation: “I am writing this letter”
 1JN	2	1	j044	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ	1	And	The word **And** here introduces a contrast between what John hopes to achieve by writing, that these believers will not sin, and what might happen, that one of them might sin. Alternate translation: “But” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
 1JN	2	1	bi4g	figs-hypo	ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	if anyone should sin, we have an advocate with the Father	John is describing a hypothetical situation in order to reassure his readers. Alternate translation: “suppose someone does sin. Then we have an advocate with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
@@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ Book	Chapter	Verse	ID	SupportReference	OrigQuote	Occurrence	GLQuote	OccurrenceNo
 1JN	5	6	j314	figs-metaphor	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	the Spirit is truth	Like the statement “God is love” in [4:8](../04/08.md) and [4:16](../04/16.md), which describes God’s character, this is a metaphor that describes the character of the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit is entirely truthful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 1JN	5	7	j315	figs-explicit	ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες	1	For there are three who testify	In this statement, John reaffirms that the three things that he mentions in verse [6](../05/06.md) give us confidence that Jesus is the Son of God and came from him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “So there are three who testify that Jesus is God’s Son and came from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 1JN	5	7	j316	translate-textvariants	ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες	1	For there are three who testify	See the discussion of textual issues at the end of the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to follow the reading of ULT or to follow the reading of some late manuscripts and say in your translation, “For there are three who testify in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three are one. And there are three who testify on earth.” As the General Notes recommend, if you decide to use the longer reading, put it inside square brackets [ ] to indicate that it was most likely not in the original version of 1 John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1JN	5	7	qpab	figs-personification	οἱ μαρτυροῦντες	1		Here, John speaks of water and blood as though they were people who could **testify**, or speak about what they saw. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “ways that God has given us to know that he sent Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+1JN	5	7	qpab	figs-personification	οἱ μαρτυροῦντες	1		Here, John speaks of water and blood as though they were people who could **testify**, or speak about what they saw. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “ways that God has given us to know that he sent Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 1JN	5	8	j320	figs-metonymy	τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ αἷμα	1	the water and the blood	See how you decided to translate the terms **water** and **blood** in [5:6](../05/06.md). Alternate translation: (1) “the baptism of Jesus and his death on the cross” or (2) “the birth of Jesus and his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 1JN	5	8	j321	figs-idiom	οἱ τρεῖς εἰς τὸ ἕν εἰσιν	1	the three are unto the one	This is an idiom. If this does not communicate well in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “these three all say the same thing” or “these three all agree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 1JN	5	9	j322	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν	1	If we receive the testimony of men	John is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something this way if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what John is saying is not certain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since we receive the testimony of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])

en_tn_66-JUD.tsv

@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ JUD	1	4	qevn	figs-ellipsis	παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρ
 JUD	1	4	wwz3	figs-activepassive	οἱ πάλαι προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1	who long ago have been designated beforehand for this condemnation	If your language does not use this passive form **having been designated**, you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “men whom God long ago designated beforehand for this condemnation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	4	c7a6	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς τοῦτο τὸ κρίμα	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **condemnation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to be condemned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	4	u2oj	figs-explicit	ἀσεβεῖς	1		Here, **ungodly ones** refers to the “certain men” mentioned at the beginning of the verse. They are the false teachers Jude is warning his readers about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this term explicitly. Alternate translation: “ungodly false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	4	c642	figs-metaphor	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1–2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	4	c642	figs-metaphor	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		Here, God’s **grace** is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something sinful. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate this plainly. The false teachers were teaching that believers could do sexually immoral acts because God’s grace allowed it. Paul addressed this kind of false teaching when he wrote in Romans 6:1–2a: “Should we continue in sin so that grace may abound? May it never be!” Alternate translation: “teaching that God’s grace permits licentiousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	4	g35s	figs-exclusive	ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν	1		Both occurrences of **our** in this verse refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JUD	1	4	esef	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the kind acts of our God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	4	tmju	figs-abstractnouns	εἰς ἀσέλγειαν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **licentiousness** with an adjective phrase. Alternate translation: “into licentious behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -61,16 +61,16 @@ JUD	1	8	ez4l	figs-metonymy	σάρκα μὲν μιαίνουσιν	1		Here, **fl
 JUD	1	8	q9ct		κυριότητα	1		Here, **lordship** could refer to: (1) the lordship of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of Jesus” (2) the lordship of God. Alternate translation: “the ruling authority of God”
 JUD	1	8	qvhs	figs-abstractnouns	κυριότητα…ἀθετοῦσιν	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **lordship** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “reject what Jesus commands” or “reject what God commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	8	pn3j		δόξας	1	the glorious ones	Here, **glorious ones** refers to spiritual beings, such as angels. Alternate translation: “glorious spiritual beings”
-JUD	1	9	uzj1	figs-metaphor	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Here Jude speaks of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	9	uzj1	figs-metaphor	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Here Jude speaks of **judgment** as if it were something someone can **bring** from one place to another. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to speak a judgment of slander against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	9	v9fh	figs-abstractnouns	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to accuse him of slander” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	9	lxf3	figs-possession	κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας	1		Jude is using the possessive form to describe a **judgment** that is characterized by **slander**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a phrase to explain it. Alternate translation: “to bring a slanderous judgment against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JUD	1	10	h6sq	writing-pronouns	οὗτοι	1		Here, **these ones** refers to the false teachers introduced in verse [4](../01/04.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	10	fjm5		ὅσα…οὐκ οἴδασιν	1	what they do not understand	This word **what** could refer to: (1) the spiritual realm referred to in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the spiritual realm, which they do not understand” (2) the glorious ones mentioned in verse [8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the glorious ones, which they do not understand”
-JUD	1	10	q640	figs-simile	ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται	2		This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this simile by translating the simile in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JUD	1	10	q640	figs-simile	ὅσα…φυσικῶς ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα ἐπίστανται	2		This clause refers to the sexual immorality of the false teachers, who thoughtlessly live according to their natural sexual desires, the way animals do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this simile by translating the simile plainly. Alternate translation: “what they naturally understand, unrestrained sexual desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JUD	1	10	x35l	writing-pronouns	ἐν τούτοις	1		Here, **these things** refers back to “what they understand by instinct,” which is sexually immoral acts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by these sexually immoral acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	10	z0n7	figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτοις φθείρονται	1		If your language does not use the passive form **are being destroyed**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “these things are destroying them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	11	b33e	figs-idiom	οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς	1		The phrase **Woe to them** is the opposite of “blessed are you.” It indicates that bad things are going to happen to the people being addressed, because they have displeased God. Alternate translation: “How terrible it is for them” or “Trouble will come to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JUD	1	11	j3g9	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν	1		Here, **have gone in the way** is a metaphor for “have lived in the same way as.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	11	j3g9	figs-metaphor	τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν	1		Here, **have gone in the way** is a metaphor for “have lived in the same way as.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “they have lived the same way Cain lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	11	yg9b	figs-explicit	τοῦ Κάϊν	1		Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Cain**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Genesis. In that story, Cain made an unacceptable offering to God, and God rejected his offering. As a result he became angry and was jealous of his brother Abel, because God had accepted Abel’s offering. Cain’s anger and jealousy led him to murder his brother. God punished Cain by banishing him from farming the land. Additionally, at the time Jude wrote this letter, Jews considered Cain to be an example of someone who taught other people how to sin, which is what these false teachers were doing. You could indicate some of this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Cain, who murdered his brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JUD	1	11	zsdw		ἐξεχύθησαν	1		Alternate translation: “they have fully committed themselves”
 JUD	1	11	tmf2	figs-explicit	τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ	1		Here Jude compares the false teachers to **Balaam**. Jude assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, Balaam was hired by wicked kings to curse the Israelites. When God did not allow Balaam to do so, Balaam used wicked women to seduce the Israelites into sexual immorality and idol worship so that God would punish them for their disobedience. Balaam did these wicked things because he wanted to be paid by the wicked kings, but he was eventually killed by the Israelites when they conquered the land of Canaan. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation, as a statement: “of Balaam, who led the Israelites into immorality for money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -80,16 +80,16 @@ JUD	1	12	r875	writing-pronouns	οὗτοί	1		Here, **These ones** refers to the
 JUD	1	12	e25d	figs-metaphor	σπιλάδες	1	hidden reefs	Here, **reefs** are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “they are like hidden reefs” or “although they are inconspicuous, these people are extremely dangerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	aq79	translate-unknown	ταῖς ἀγάπαις	1		Here, **love feasts** refers to gatherings of Christians where they ate a meal together. These **feasts** took place in the early church and most likely included sharing the bread and wine to remember the death of Jesus, which Paul calls “the Lord’s Supper” in 1 Corinthians 11:20. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express some of this information explicitly. Alternate translation: “communal meals with fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JUD	1	12	emua	figs-metaphor	ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες	1		Here Jude speaks of the false teachers selfishly taking care of their own needs as if they are shepherds who feed and care for themselves instead of their flocks. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor with a simile or in a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “like shepherds that feed themselves instead of their flocks” or “only caring for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	12	s2st	figs-metaphor	νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	s2st	figs-metaphor	νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect clouds to provide water to grow crops, but **waterless clouds** disappoint farmers by being blown away by the wind without giving rain. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “These false teachers never give what they promise” or “These false teachers disappoint like clouds without water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	diqd	figs-activepassive	ὑπὸ ἀνέμων παραφερόμεναι	1		If your language does not use the passive form **carried along**, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which the wind carries along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JUD	1	12	gs99	figs-metaphor	δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα	1		Here Jude again speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	gs99	figs-metaphor	δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα	1		Here Jude again speaks of the false teachers to describe their uselessness. People expect trees in the autumn to provide fruit, but **fruitless autumn trees** disappoint them. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “never giving what they promise” or “like barren fruit trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	doxh	figs-pastforfuture	δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here Jude is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “they will certainly die twice, they will certainly be uprooted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JUD	1	12	zk57		δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Here, **having died twice** could mean: (1) the trees are considered to be dead firstly because they do not produce fruit, but doubly dead because they are uprooted in response to their lack of fruit. Alternate translation: “having died twice by being fruitless and uprooted” (2) the trees, which represent the false teachers, are spiritually dead but will also be physically dead when God kills them. “being spiritually dead and then physically dead when they were uprooted”
-JUD	1	12	t28p	figs-metaphor	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	12	t28p	figs-metaphor	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		Jude describes God’s judgment of these false teachers like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “having been destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	12	g76g	figs-activepassive	ἐκριζωθέντα	1		If your language does not use this passive form, you could this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God uprooted them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JUD	1	13	e4rm	figs-metaphor	κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης	1		Here Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	13	fgr9	figs-metaphor	ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας	1		Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this in a non-figurative way or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JUD	1	13	r6rj	figs-metaphor	ἀστέρες πλανῆται	1	wandering stars	Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	e4rm	figs-metaphor	κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης	1		Here Jude speaks of the false teachers to describe their unrestrained and untamable behavior. He describes them as **wild waves** that thrash about in an uncontrollable manner. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they act in an unrestrained manner” or “they are unrestrained like wild waves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	fgr9	figs-metaphor	ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας	1		Here Jude expands the wave metaphor of the previous phrase, speaking of the **shameful deeds** of the false teachers. As waves leave dirty foam on the shore that everyone can see, so the false teachers keep on acting shamefully in the sight of others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this metaphor by translating this plainly or turn the metaphor into a simile. Alternate translation: “they make their shameful deeds visible to everyone” or “they show their shameful deeds like waves leave foam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	13	r6rj	figs-metaphor	ἀστέρες πλανῆται	1	wandering stars	Here, the phrase **wandering stars** describes **stars** that have wandered away from their normal path of movement. Jude uses this expression to describe the false teachers as people who have stopped doing what pleases the Lord. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “no longer living righteously” or “like stars that wander away from their proper path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	13	djm4	figs-activepassive	οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰς αἰῶνα τετήρηται	1		If your language does not use the passive form **has been kept**, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “for whom God has kept the gloom and darkness to eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JUD	1	13	n4oc	writing-pronouns	οἷς	1		Here, **whom** refers to the false teachers that Jude called “wandering stars” in the previous phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate explicitly that this refers to the false teachers. Alternate translation: “false teachers for whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JUD	1	13	iast		ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους	1		Here, **gloom of darkness** could mean: (1) the gloom is characterized by darkness. Alternate translation: “the dark gloom” (2) the gloom is identical to the darkness. Alternate translation: “the gloom, which is darkness.”
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ JUD	1	23	uavk		ἐν φόβῳ	1		This phrase indicates the manner by which Jude
 JUD	1	23	u4px	figs-hyperbole	μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα	1		Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: “treating them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JUD	1	23	sexc	figs-metaphor	τῆς σαρκὸς	1		Here, **flesh** is used to refer to a person’s sinful nature. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor literally. Alternate translation: “their sinful nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	24	r3jx	figs-explicit	τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι	1		Here, **the one** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God, who is able to keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JUD	1	24	jvpm	figs-metaphor	φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JUD	1	24	jvpm	figs-metaphor	φυλάξαι ὑμᾶς ἀπταίστους	1		Here Jude uses **stumbling** to speak of returning to habitual sin as if one is tripping over something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this metaphor plainly. Alternate translation: “to prevent you from returning to sinful habits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JUD	1	24	w1dc	figs-abstractnouns	τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **glory** refers to the bright light that surrounds the presence of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this abstract noun by translating it with an adjective. Alternate translation: “his glorious presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JUD	1	24	gq9e		ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει	1		This phrase describes the manner in which believers will stand before God. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “with great joy”
 JUD	1	25	a3ua		μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν	1	to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord	Here, **our Savior** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. This phrase emphasizes that God the Father, as well as the Son, is the Savior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this phrase explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the only God, who is our Savior”